mirror of
https://github.com/MariaDB/server.git
synced 2025-08-08 11:22:35 +03:00
- MRR + Block Indexing
modified: storage/connect/array.h storage/connect/catalog.h storage/connect/colblk.cpp storage/connect/colblk.h storage/connect/connect.cc storage/connect/connect.h storage/connect/domdoc.h storage/connect/filamap.cpp storage/connect/filamap.h storage/connect/filamdbf.h storage/connect/filamfix.cpp storage/connect/filamfix.h storage/connect/filamtxt.cpp storage/connect/filamtxt.h storage/connect/filamvct.cpp storage/connect/filamvct.h storage/connect/filamzip.cpp storage/connect/filamzip.h storage/connect/filter.cpp storage/connect/filter.h storage/connect/global.h storage/connect/ha_connect.cc storage/connect/ha_connect.h storage/connect/myconn.h storage/connect/plgcnx.h storage/connect/plgdbsem.h storage/connect/plgdbutl.cpp storage/connect/plugutil.c storage/connect/preparse.h storage/connect/reldef.cpp storage/connect/reldef.h storage/connect/tabcol.h storage/connect/tabdos.cpp storage/connect/tabdos.h storage/connect/tabfix.cpp storage/connect/tabfmt.cpp storage/connect/tabfmt.h storage/connect/table.cpp storage/connect/tabmysql.cpp storage/connect/tabmysql.h storage/connect/taboccur.h storage/connect/tabodbc.h storage/connect/tabsys.h storage/connect/tabtbl.h storage/connect/tabutil.h storage/connect/tabvct.cpp storage/connect/tabvct.h storage/connect/tabwmi.h storage/connect/tabxml.h storage/connect/user_connect.cc storage/connect/user_connect.h storage/connect/valblk.cpp storage/connect/valblk.h storage/connect/value.cpp storage/connect/value.h storage/connect/xindex.cpp storage/connect/xindex.h storage/connect/xobject.cpp storage/connect/xobject.h storage/connect/xtable.h
This commit is contained in:
Olivier Bertrand
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class DllExport ARRAY : public XOBJECT, public CSORT { // Array descblock
|
||||
virtual int Qcompare(int *, int *);
|
||||
virtual bool Compare(PXOB) {assert(FALSE); return FALSE;}
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) {assert(FALSE); return FALSE;}
|
||||
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB, int) {return 0;}
|
||||
//virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB, int) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, UINT n);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, UINT z);
|
||||
void Empty(void);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,122 +1,122 @@
|
||||
/*************** Catalog H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: CATALOG.H Version 3.2 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2000-2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the CATALOG PlugDB classes definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CATALOG__H
|
||||
#define __CATALOG__H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Defines the length of a buffer to contain entire table section. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#define PLG_MAX_PATH 144 /* Must be the same across systems */
|
||||
#define PLG_BUFF_LEN 100 /* Number of lines in binary file buffer */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//typedef class INDEXDEF *PIXDEF;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Defines the structure used to enumerate tables or views. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _curtab {
|
||||
PRELDEF CurTdb;
|
||||
char *Curp;
|
||||
char *Tabpat;
|
||||
bool Ispat;
|
||||
bool NoView;
|
||||
int Nt;
|
||||
char *Type[16];
|
||||
} CURTAB, *PCURTAB;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Defines the structure used to get column catalog info. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _colinfo {
|
||||
char *Name;
|
||||
int Type;
|
||||
int Offset;
|
||||
int Length;
|
||||
int Key;
|
||||
int Precision;
|
||||
int Scale;
|
||||
int Opt;
|
||||
int Freq;
|
||||
char *Remark;
|
||||
char *Datefmt;
|
||||
char *Fieldfmt;
|
||||
ushort Flags; // Used by MariaDB CONNECT handlers
|
||||
} COLINFO, *PCOLINFO;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* CATALOG: base class for catalog classes. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport CATALOG {
|
||||
friend class RELDEF;
|
||||
friend class TABDEF;
|
||||
friend class DIRDEF;
|
||||
friend class OEMDEF;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
CATALOG(void); // Constructor
|
||||
virtual ~CATALOG() { } // Make -Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor happy
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
int GetCblen(void) {return Cblen;}
|
||||
bool GetDefHuge(void) {return DefHuge;}
|
||||
void SetDefHuge(bool b) {DefHuge = b;}
|
||||
char *GetCbuf(void) {return Cbuf;}
|
||||
char *GetDataPath(void) {return (char*)DataPath;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {}
|
||||
virtual void SetDataPath(PGLOBAL g, const char *path) {}
|
||||
virtual bool GetBoolCatInfo(PSZ what, bool bdef) {return bdef;}
|
||||
virtual bool SetIntCatInfo(PSZ what, int ival) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual int GetIntCatInfo(PSZ what, int idef) {return idef;}
|
||||
virtual int GetSizeCatInfo(PSZ what, PSZ sdef) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetCharCatInfo(PSZ what, PSZ sdef, char *buf, int size)
|
||||
{strncpy(buf, sdef, size); return size;}
|
||||
virtual char *GetStringCatInfo(PGLOBAL g, PSZ what, PSZ sdef)
|
||||
{return sdef;}
|
||||
virtual int GetColCatInfo(PGLOBAL g, PTABDEF defp) {return -1;}
|
||||
virtual bool GetIndexInfo(PGLOBAL g, PTABDEF defp) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual bool CheckName(PGLOBAL g, char *name) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual bool ClearName(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual PRELDEF MakeOneTableDesc(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PRELDEF GetTableDescEx(PGLOBAL g, PTABLE tablep) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PRELDEF GetTableDesc(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR type,
|
||||
PRELDEF *prp = NULL) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PRELDEF GetFirstTable(PGLOBAL g) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PRELDEF GetNextTable(PGLOBAL g) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual bool TestCond(PGLOBAL g, const char *name, const char *type)
|
||||
{return true;}
|
||||
virtual bool DropTable(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name, bool erase) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, PTABLE tablep,
|
||||
MODE mode = MODE_READ, LPCSTR type = NULL)
|
||||
{return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual void TableNames(PGLOBAL g, char *buffer, int maxbuf, int info[]) {}
|
||||
virtual void ColumnNames(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *buffer,
|
||||
int maxbuf, int info[]) {}
|
||||
virtual void ColumnDefs(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *buffer,
|
||||
int maxbuf, int info[]) {}
|
||||
virtual void *DecodeValues(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *colname,
|
||||
char *buffer, int maxbuf, int info[]) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual int ColumnType(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *colname) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual void ClearDB(PGLOBAL g) {}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool ClearSection(PGLOBAL g, const char *key, const char *section) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual PRELDEF MakeTableDesc(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am) {return NULL;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Cbuf; /* Buffer used for col section */
|
||||
int Cblen; /* Length of suballoc. buffer */
|
||||
CURTAB Ctb; /* Used to enumerate tables */
|
||||
bool DefHuge; /* true: tables default to huge */
|
||||
LPCSTR DataPath; /* Is the Path of DB data dir */
|
||||
}; // end of class CATALOG
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __CATALOG__H
|
||||
/*************** Catalog H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: CATALOG.H Version 3.2 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2000-2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the CATALOG PlugDB classes definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __CATALOG__H
|
||||
#define __CATALOG__H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Defines the length of a buffer to contain entire table section. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#define PLG_MAX_PATH 144 /* Must be the same across systems */
|
||||
#define PLG_BUFF_LEN 100 /* Number of lines in binary file buffer */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//typedef class INDEXDEF *PIXDEF;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Defines the structure used to enumerate tables or views. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _curtab {
|
||||
PRELDEF CurTdb;
|
||||
char *Curp;
|
||||
char *Tabpat;
|
||||
bool Ispat;
|
||||
bool NoView;
|
||||
int Nt;
|
||||
char *Type[16];
|
||||
} CURTAB, *PCURTAB;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Defines the structure used to get column catalog info. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _colinfo {
|
||||
char *Name;
|
||||
int Type;
|
||||
int Offset;
|
||||
int Length;
|
||||
int Key;
|
||||
int Precision;
|
||||
int Scale;
|
||||
int Opt;
|
||||
int Freq;
|
||||
char *Remark;
|
||||
char *Datefmt;
|
||||
char *Fieldfmt;
|
||||
ushort Flags; // Used by MariaDB CONNECT handlers
|
||||
} COLINFO, *PCOLINFO;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* CATALOG: base class for catalog classes. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport CATALOG {
|
||||
friend class RELDEF;
|
||||
friend class TABDEF;
|
||||
friend class DIRDEF;
|
||||
friend class OEMDEF;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
CATALOG(void); // Constructor
|
||||
virtual ~CATALOG() { } // Make -Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor happy
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
int GetCblen(void) {return Cblen;}
|
||||
bool GetDefHuge(void) {return DefHuge;}
|
||||
void SetDefHuge(bool b) {DefHuge = b;}
|
||||
char *GetCbuf(void) {return Cbuf;}
|
||||
char *GetDataPath(void) {return (char*)DataPath;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {}
|
||||
virtual void SetDataPath(PGLOBAL g, const char *path) {}
|
||||
virtual bool GetBoolCatInfo(PSZ what, bool bdef) {return bdef;}
|
||||
virtual bool SetIntCatInfo(PSZ what, int ival) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual int GetIntCatInfo(PSZ what, int idef) {return idef;}
|
||||
virtual int GetSizeCatInfo(PSZ what, PSZ sdef) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetCharCatInfo(PSZ what, PSZ sdef, char *buf, int size)
|
||||
{strncpy(buf, sdef, size); return size;}
|
||||
virtual char *GetStringCatInfo(PGLOBAL g, PSZ what, PSZ sdef)
|
||||
{return sdef;}
|
||||
virtual int GetColCatInfo(PGLOBAL g, PTABDEF defp) {return -1;}
|
||||
virtual bool GetIndexInfo(PGLOBAL g, PTABDEF defp) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual bool CheckName(PGLOBAL g, char *name) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual bool ClearName(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual PRELDEF MakeOneTableDesc(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PRELDEF GetTableDescEx(PGLOBAL g, PTABLE tablep) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PRELDEF GetTableDesc(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR type,
|
||||
PRELDEF *prp = NULL) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PRELDEF GetFirstTable(PGLOBAL g) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PRELDEF GetNextTable(PGLOBAL g) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual bool TestCond(PGLOBAL g, const char *name, const char *type)
|
||||
{return true;}
|
||||
virtual bool DropTable(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name, bool erase) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, PTABLE tablep,
|
||||
MODE mode = MODE_READ, LPCSTR type = NULL)
|
||||
{return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual void TableNames(PGLOBAL g, char *buffer, int maxbuf, int info[]) {}
|
||||
virtual void ColumnNames(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *buffer,
|
||||
int maxbuf, int info[]) {}
|
||||
virtual void ColumnDefs(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *buffer,
|
||||
int maxbuf, int info[]) {}
|
||||
virtual void *DecodeValues(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *colname,
|
||||
char *buffer, int maxbuf, int info[]) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual int ColumnType(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *colname) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual void ClearDB(PGLOBAL g) {}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool ClearSection(PGLOBAL g, const char *key, const char *section) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual PRELDEF MakeTableDesc(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am) {return NULL;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Cbuf; /* Buffer used for col section */
|
||||
int Cblen; /* Length of suballoc. buffer */
|
||||
CURTAB Ctb; /* Used to enumerate tables */
|
||||
bool DefHuge; /* true: tables default to huge */
|
||||
LPCSTR DataPath; /* Is the Path of DB data dir */
|
||||
}; // end of class CATALOG
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __CATALOG__H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,399 +1,382 @@
|
||||
/************* Colblk C++ Functions Source Code File (.CPP) ************/
|
||||
/* Name: COLBLK.CPP Version 2.0 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1998-2013 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the COLBLK class functions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include relevant MariaDB header file. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "my_global.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/* global.h is header containing all global Plug declarations. */
|
||||
/* plgdbsem.h is header containing the DB applic. declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "global.h"
|
||||
#include "plgdbsem.h"
|
||||
#include "tabcol.h"
|
||||
#include "colblk.h"
|
||||
#include "xindex.h"
|
||||
#include "xtable.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* COLBLK protected constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
COLBLK::COLBLK(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, int i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Next = NULL;
|
||||
Index = i;
|
||||
//Number = 0;
|
||||
ColUse = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((Cdp = cdp)) {
|
||||
Name = cdp->Name;
|
||||
Format = cdp->F;
|
||||
Opt = cdp->Opt;
|
||||
Long = cdp->Long;
|
||||
Precision = cdp->Precision;
|
||||
Freq = cdp->Freq;
|
||||
Buf_Type = cdp->Buf_Type;
|
||||
ColUse |= cdp->Flags; // Used by CONNECT
|
||||
Nullable = !!(cdp->Flags & U_NULLS);
|
||||
Unsigned = !!(cdp->Flags & U_UNSIGNED);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
Name = NULL;
|
||||
memset(&Format, 0, sizeof(FORMAT));
|
||||
Opt = 0;
|
||||
Long = 0;
|
||||
Precision = 0;
|
||||
Freq = 0;
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_ERROR;
|
||||
Nullable = false;
|
||||
Unsigned = false;
|
||||
} // endif cdp
|
||||
|
||||
To_Tdb = tdbp;
|
||||
Status = BUF_NO;
|
||||
//Value = NULL; done in XOBJECT constructor
|
||||
To_Kcol = NULL;
|
||||
} // end of COLBLK constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* COLBLK constructor used for copying columns. */
|
||||
/* tdbp is the pointer to the new table descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
COLBLK::COLBLK(PCOL col1, PTDB tdbp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PCOL colp;
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy the old column block to the new one
|
||||
*this = *col1;
|
||||
Next = NULL;
|
||||
//To_Orig = col1;
|
||||
To_Tdb = tdbp;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBTRACE
|
||||
htrc(" copying COLBLK %s from %p to %p\n", Name, col1, this);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (tdbp)
|
||||
// Attach the new column to the table block
|
||||
if (!tdbp->GetColumns())
|
||||
tdbp->SetColumns(this);
|
||||
else {
|
||||
for (colp = tdbp->GetColumns(); colp->Next; colp = colp->Next) ;
|
||||
|
||||
colp->Next = this;
|
||||
} // endelse
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of COLBLK copy constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Reset the column descriptor to non evaluated yet. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void COLBLK::Reset(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Status &= ~BUF_READ;
|
||||
} // end of Reset
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Compare: compares itself to an (expression) object and returns */
|
||||
/* true if it is equivalent. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool COLBLK::Compare(PXOB xp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (this == xp);
|
||||
} // end of Compare
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* SetFormat: function used to set SELECT output format. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool COLBLK::SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, FORMAT& fmt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fmt = Format;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBTRACE
|
||||
htrc("COLBLK: %p format=%c(%d,%d)\n",
|
||||
this, *fmt.Type, fmt.Length, fmt.Prec);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of SetFormat
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* CheckColumn: a column descriptor is found, say it by returning 1. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
int COLBLK::CheckColumn(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp, PXOB &p, int &ag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} // end of CheckColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Eval: get the column value from the last read record or from a */
|
||||
/* matching Index column if there is one. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool COLBLK::Eval(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DEBTRACE
|
||||
htrc("Col Eval: %s status=%.4X\n", Name, Status);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (!GetStatus(BUF_READ)) {
|
||||
// if (To_Tdb->IsNull())
|
||||
// Value->Reset();
|
||||
if (To_Kcol)
|
||||
To_Kcol->FillValue(Value);
|
||||
else
|
||||
ReadColumn(g);
|
||||
|
||||
AddStatus(BUF_READ);
|
||||
} // endif
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of Eval
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* CheckSort: */
|
||||
/* Used to check that a table is involved in the sort list items. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool COLBLK::CheckSort(PTDB tdbp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (tdbp == To_Tdb);
|
||||
} // end of CheckSort
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* InitValue: prepare a column block for read operation. */
|
||||
/* Now we use Format.Length for the len parameter to avoid strings */
|
||||
/* to be truncated when converting from string to coded string. */
|
||||
/* Added in version 1.5 is the arguments GetScale() and Domain */
|
||||
/* in calling AllocateValue. Domain is used for TYPE_DATE only. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool COLBLK::InitValue(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Value)
|
||||
return false; // Already done
|
||||
|
||||
// Allocate a Value object
|
||||
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, Buf_Type, Precision,
|
||||
GetScale(), Unsigned, GetDomain())))
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
AddStatus(BUF_READY);
|
||||
Value->SetNullable(Nullable);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBTRACE
|
||||
htrc(" colp=%p type=%d value=%p coluse=%.4X status=%.4X\n",
|
||||
this, Buf_Type, Value, ColUse, Status);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of InitValue
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* SetBuffer: prepare a column block for write operation. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool COLBLK::SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(UNDEFINED_AM), "SetBuffer");
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
} // end of SetBuffer
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetLength: returns an evaluation of the column string length. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
int COLBLK::GetLengthEx(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Long;
|
||||
} // end of GetLengthEx
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to access the last line */
|
||||
/* read from the corresponding table, extract from it the field */
|
||||
/* corresponding to this column and convert it to buffer type. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void COLBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(UNDEFINED_AM), "ReadColumn");
|
||||
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_COLBLK);
|
||||
} // end of ReadColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* WriteColumn: what this routine does is to access the last line */
|
||||
/* read from the corresponding table, and rewrite the field */
|
||||
/* corresponding to this column from the column buffer and type. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void COLBLK::WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(UNDEFINED_AM), "WriteColumn");
|
||||
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_COLBLK);
|
||||
} // end of WriteColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Make file output of a column descriptor block. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void COLBLK::Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, uint n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char m[64];
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
PCOL colp;
|
||||
|
||||
memset(m, ' ', n); // Make margin string
|
||||
m[n] = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
for (colp = To_Tdb->GetColumns(), i = 1; colp; colp = colp->Next, i++)
|
||||
if (colp == this)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
fprintf(f, "%sR%dC%d type=%d F=%.2s(%d,%d)", m, To_Tdb->GetTdb_No(),
|
||||
i, GetAmType(), Format.Type, Format.Length, Format.Prec);
|
||||
fprintf(f,
|
||||
" coluse=%04X status=%04X buftyp=%d value=%p name=%s\n",
|
||||
ColUse, Status, Buf_Type, Value, Name);
|
||||
} // end of Print
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Make string output of a column descriptor block. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void COLBLK::Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, uint z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf(ps, "R%d.%s", To_Tdb->GetTdb_No(), Name);
|
||||
} // end of Print
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* SPCBLK constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
SPCBLK::SPCBLK(PCOLUMN cp)
|
||||
: COLBLK((PCOLDEF)NULL, cp->GetTo_Table()->GetTo_Tdb(), 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Name = (char*)cp->GetName();
|
||||
Precision = Long = 0;
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_ERROR;
|
||||
} // end of SPCBLK constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* WriteColumn: what this routine does is to access the last line */
|
||||
/* read from the corresponding table, and rewrite the field */
|
||||
/* corresponding to this column from the column buffer and type. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPCBLK::WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(SPCOL_READONLY), Name);
|
||||
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_COLBLK);
|
||||
} // end of WriteColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* RIDBLK constructor for the ROWID special column. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
RIDBLK::RIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp, bool rnm) : SPCBLK(cp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Precision = Long = 10;
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_INT;
|
||||
Rnm = rnm;
|
||||
*Format.Type = 'N';
|
||||
Format.Length = 10;
|
||||
} // end of RIDBLK constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the ordinal */
|
||||
/* number of the current row in the table (if Rnm is true) or in the */
|
||||
/* current file (if Rnm is false) the same except for multiple tables.*/
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void RIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Value->SetValue(To_Tdb->RowNumber(g, Rnm));
|
||||
} // end of ReadColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* FIDBLK constructor for the FILEID special column. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
FIDBLK::FIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp) : SPCBLK(cp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//Is_Key = 2; for when the MUL table indexed reading will be implemented.
|
||||
Precision = Long = _MAX_PATH;
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_STRING;
|
||||
*Format.Type = 'C';
|
||||
Format.Length = Long;
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32)
|
||||
Format.Prec = 1; // Case insensitive
|
||||
#endif // WIN32
|
||||
Constant = (!((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetDef()->GetMultiple() &&
|
||||
To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_PLG &&
|
||||
To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_PLM);
|
||||
Fn = NULL;
|
||||
} // end of FIDBLK constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the current */
|
||||
/* file ID of the table (can change for Multiple tables). */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void FIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Fn != ((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetFile(g)) {
|
||||
char filename[_MAX_PATH];
|
||||
|
||||
Fn = ((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetFile(g);
|
||||
PlugSetPath(filename, Fn, ((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetPath());
|
||||
Value->SetValue_psz(filename);
|
||||
} // endif Fn
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of ReadColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* TIDBLK constructor for the TABID special column. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
TIDBLK::TIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp) : SPCBLK(cp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//Is_Key = 2; for when the MUL table indexed reading will be implemented.
|
||||
Precision = Long = 64;
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_STRING;
|
||||
*Format.Type = 'C';
|
||||
Format.Length = Long;
|
||||
Format.Prec = 1; // Case insensitive
|
||||
Constant = (To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_TBL);
|
||||
Tname = NULL;
|
||||
} // end of TIDBLK constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the table ID. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void TIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Tname == NULL) {
|
||||
Tname = (char*)To_Tdb->GetName();
|
||||
Value->SetValue_psz(Tname);
|
||||
} // endif Tname
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of ReadColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* SIDBLK constructor for the SERVID special column. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
SIDBLK::SIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp) : SPCBLK(cp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//Is_Key = 2; for when the MUL table indexed reading will be implemented.
|
||||
Precision = Long = 64;
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_STRING;
|
||||
*Format.Type = 'C';
|
||||
Format.Length = Long;
|
||||
Format.Prec = 1; // Case insensitive
|
||||
Constant = (To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_TBL);
|
||||
Sname = NULL;
|
||||
} // end of TIDBLK constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the server ID. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void SIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//if (Sname == NULL) {
|
||||
Sname = (char*)To_Tdb->GetServer();
|
||||
Value->SetValue_psz(Sname);
|
||||
// } // endif Sname
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of ReadColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/************* Colblk C++ Functions Source Code File (.CPP) ************/
|
||||
/* Name: COLBLK.CPP Version 2.1 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1998-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the COLBLK class functions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include relevant MariaDB header file. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "my_global.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/* global.h is header containing all global Plug declarations. */
|
||||
/* plgdbsem.h is header containing the DB applic. declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "global.h"
|
||||
#include "plgdbsem.h"
|
||||
#include "tabcol.h"
|
||||
#include "colblk.h"
|
||||
#include "xindex.h"
|
||||
#include "xtable.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* COLBLK protected constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
COLBLK::COLBLK(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, int i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Next = NULL;
|
||||
Index = i;
|
||||
//Number = 0;
|
||||
ColUse = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((Cdp = cdp)) {
|
||||
Name = cdp->Name;
|
||||
Format = cdp->F;
|
||||
Opt = cdp->Opt;
|
||||
Long = cdp->Long;
|
||||
Precision = cdp->Precision;
|
||||
Freq = cdp->Freq;
|
||||
Buf_Type = cdp->Buf_Type;
|
||||
ColUse |= cdp->Flags; // Used by CONNECT
|
||||
Nullable = !!(cdp->Flags & U_NULLS);
|
||||
Unsigned = !!(cdp->Flags & U_UNSIGNED);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
Name = NULL;
|
||||
memset(&Format, 0, sizeof(FORMAT));
|
||||
Opt = 0;
|
||||
Long = 0;
|
||||
Precision = 0;
|
||||
Freq = 0;
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_ERROR;
|
||||
Nullable = false;
|
||||
Unsigned = false;
|
||||
} // endif cdp
|
||||
|
||||
To_Tdb = tdbp;
|
||||
Status = BUF_NO;
|
||||
//Value = NULL; done in XOBJECT constructor
|
||||
To_Kcol = NULL;
|
||||
} // end of COLBLK constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* COLBLK constructor used for copying columns. */
|
||||
/* tdbp is the pointer to the new table descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
COLBLK::COLBLK(PCOL col1, PTDB tdbp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PCOL colp;
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy the old column block to the new one
|
||||
*this = *col1;
|
||||
Next = NULL;
|
||||
//To_Orig = col1;
|
||||
To_Tdb = tdbp;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBTRACE
|
||||
htrc(" copying COLBLK %s from %p to %p\n", Name, col1, this);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (tdbp)
|
||||
// Attach the new column to the table block
|
||||
if (!tdbp->GetColumns())
|
||||
tdbp->SetColumns(this);
|
||||
else {
|
||||
for (colp = tdbp->GetColumns(); colp->Next; colp = colp->Next) ;
|
||||
|
||||
colp->Next = this;
|
||||
} // endelse
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of COLBLK copy constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Reset the column descriptor to non evaluated yet. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void COLBLK::Reset(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Status &= ~BUF_READ;
|
||||
} // end of Reset
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Compare: compares itself to an (expression) object and returns */
|
||||
/* true if it is equivalent. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool COLBLK::Compare(PXOB xp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (this == xp);
|
||||
} // end of Compare
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* SetFormat: function used to set SELECT output format. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool COLBLK::SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, FORMAT& fmt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fmt = Format;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBTRACE
|
||||
htrc("COLBLK: %p format=%c(%d,%d)\n",
|
||||
this, *fmt.Type, fmt.Length, fmt.Prec);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of SetFormat
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Eval: get the column value from the last read record or from a */
|
||||
/* matching Index column if there is one. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool COLBLK::Eval(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DEBTRACE
|
||||
htrc("Col Eval: %s status=%.4X\n", Name, Status);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (!GetStatus(BUF_READ)) {
|
||||
// if (To_Tdb->IsNull())
|
||||
// Value->Reset();
|
||||
if (To_Kcol)
|
||||
To_Kcol->FillValue(Value);
|
||||
else
|
||||
ReadColumn(g);
|
||||
|
||||
AddStatus(BUF_READ);
|
||||
} // endif
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of Eval
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* InitValue: prepare a column block for read operation. */
|
||||
/* Now we use Format.Length for the len parameter to avoid strings */
|
||||
/* to be truncated when converting from string to coded string. */
|
||||
/* Added in version 1.5 is the arguments GetScale() and Domain */
|
||||
/* in calling AllocateValue. Domain is used for TYPE_DATE only. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool COLBLK::InitValue(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Value)
|
||||
return false; // Already done
|
||||
|
||||
// Allocate a Value object
|
||||
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, Buf_Type, Precision,
|
||||
GetScale(), Unsigned, GetDomain())))
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
AddStatus(BUF_READY);
|
||||
Value->SetNullable(Nullable);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBTRACE
|
||||
htrc(" colp=%p type=%d value=%p coluse=%.4X status=%.4X\n",
|
||||
this, Buf_Type, Value, ColUse, Status);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of InitValue
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* SetBuffer: prepare a column block for write operation. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool COLBLK::SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(UNDEFINED_AM), "SetBuffer");
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
} // end of SetBuffer
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetLength: returns an evaluation of the column string length. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
int COLBLK::GetLengthEx(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Long;
|
||||
} // end of GetLengthEx
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to access the last line */
|
||||
/* read from the corresponding table, extract from it the field */
|
||||
/* corresponding to this column and convert it to buffer type. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void COLBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(UNDEFINED_AM), "ReadColumn");
|
||||
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_COLBLK);
|
||||
} // end of ReadColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* WriteColumn: what this routine does is to access the last line */
|
||||
/* read from the corresponding table, and rewrite the field */
|
||||
/* corresponding to this column from the column buffer and type. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void COLBLK::WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(UNDEFINED_AM), "WriteColumn");
|
||||
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_COLBLK);
|
||||
} // end of WriteColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Make file output of a column descriptor block. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void COLBLK::Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, uint n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char m[64];
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
PCOL colp;
|
||||
|
||||
memset(m, ' ', n); // Make margin string
|
||||
m[n] = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
for (colp = To_Tdb->GetColumns(), i = 1; colp; colp = colp->Next, i++)
|
||||
if (colp == this)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
fprintf(f, "%sR%dC%d type=%d F=%.2s(%d,%d)", m, To_Tdb->GetTdb_No(),
|
||||
i, GetAmType(), Format.Type, Format.Length, Format.Prec);
|
||||
fprintf(f,
|
||||
" coluse=%04X status=%04X buftyp=%d value=%p name=%s\n",
|
||||
ColUse, Status, Buf_Type, Value, Name);
|
||||
} // end of Print
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Make string output of a column descriptor block. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void COLBLK::Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, uint z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf(ps, "R%d.%s", To_Tdb->GetTdb_No(), Name);
|
||||
} // end of Print
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* SPCBLK constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
SPCBLK::SPCBLK(PCOLUMN cp)
|
||||
: COLBLK((PCOLDEF)NULL, cp->GetTo_Table()->GetTo_Tdb(), 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Name = (char*)cp->GetName();
|
||||
Precision = Long = 0;
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_ERROR;
|
||||
} // end of SPCBLK constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* WriteColumn: what this routine does is to access the last line */
|
||||
/* read from the corresponding table, and rewrite the field */
|
||||
/* corresponding to this column from the column buffer and type. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void SPCBLK::WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(SPCOL_READONLY), Name);
|
||||
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_COLBLK);
|
||||
} // end of WriteColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* RIDBLK constructor for the ROWID special column. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
RIDBLK::RIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp, bool rnm) : SPCBLK(cp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Precision = Long = 10;
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_INT;
|
||||
Rnm = rnm;
|
||||
*Format.Type = 'N';
|
||||
Format.Length = 10;
|
||||
} // end of RIDBLK constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the ordinal */
|
||||
/* number of the current row in the table (if Rnm is true) or in the */
|
||||
/* current file (if Rnm is false) the same except for multiple tables.*/
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void RIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Value->SetValue(To_Tdb->RowNumber(g, Rnm));
|
||||
} // end of ReadColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* FIDBLK constructor for the FILEID special column. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
FIDBLK::FIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp) : SPCBLK(cp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//Is_Key = 2; for when the MUL table indexed reading will be implemented.
|
||||
Precision = Long = _MAX_PATH;
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_STRING;
|
||||
*Format.Type = 'C';
|
||||
Format.Length = Long;
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32)
|
||||
Format.Prec = 1; // Case insensitive
|
||||
#endif // WIN32
|
||||
Constant = (!((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetDef()->GetMultiple() &&
|
||||
To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_PLG &&
|
||||
To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_PLM);
|
||||
Fn = NULL;
|
||||
} // end of FIDBLK constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the current */
|
||||
/* file ID of the table (can change for Multiple tables). */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void FIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Fn != ((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetFile(g)) {
|
||||
char filename[_MAX_PATH];
|
||||
|
||||
Fn = ((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetFile(g);
|
||||
PlugSetPath(filename, Fn, ((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetPath());
|
||||
Value->SetValue_psz(filename);
|
||||
} // endif Fn
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of ReadColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* TIDBLK constructor for the TABID special column. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
TIDBLK::TIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp) : SPCBLK(cp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//Is_Key = 2; for when the MUL table indexed reading will be implemented.
|
||||
Precision = Long = 64;
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_STRING;
|
||||
*Format.Type = 'C';
|
||||
Format.Length = Long;
|
||||
Format.Prec = 1; // Case insensitive
|
||||
Constant = (To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_TBL);
|
||||
Tname = NULL;
|
||||
} // end of TIDBLK constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the table ID. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void TIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Tname == NULL) {
|
||||
Tname = (char*)To_Tdb->GetName();
|
||||
Value->SetValue_psz(Tname);
|
||||
} // endif Tname
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of ReadColumn
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* SIDBLK constructor for the SERVID special column. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
SIDBLK::SIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp) : SPCBLK(cp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//Is_Key = 2; for when the MUL table indexed reading will be implemented.
|
||||
Precision = Long = 64;
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_STRING;
|
||||
*Format.Type = 'C';
|
||||
Format.Length = Long;
|
||||
Format.Prec = 1; // Case insensitive
|
||||
Constant = (To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_TBL);
|
||||
Sname = NULL;
|
||||
} // end of TIDBLK constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the server ID. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void SIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//if (Sname == NULL) {
|
||||
Sname = (char*)To_Tdb->GetServer();
|
||||
Value->SetValue_psz(Sname);
|
||||
// } // endif Sname
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of ReadColumn
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,221 +1,205 @@
|
||||
/*************** Colblk H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: COLBLK.H Version 1.7 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the COLBLK and derived classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __COLBLK__H
|
||||
#define __COLBLK__H
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "xobject.h"
|
||||
#include "reldef.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class COLBLK: Base class for table column descriptors. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport COLBLK : public XOBJECT {
|
||||
friend class TDBPIVOT;
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructors used by derived classes
|
||||
COLBLK(PCOLDEF cdp = NULL, PTDB tdbp = NULL, int i = 0);
|
||||
COLBLK(PCOL colp, PTDB tdbp = NULL); // Used in copy process
|
||||
COLBLK(int n) {} // Used when changing a column class in TDBXML
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_COLBLK;}
|
||||
virtual int GetResultType(void) {return Buf_Type;}
|
||||
virtual int GetScale(void) {return Format.Prec;}
|
||||
virtual int GetPrecision(void) {return Precision;}
|
||||
virtual int GetLength(void) {return Long;}
|
||||
virtual int GetLengthEx(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType() {return TYPE_AM_ERROR;}
|
||||
virtual void SetOk(void) {Status |= BUF_EMPTY;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTo_Tdb(void) {return To_Tdb;}
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual int GetClustered(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual int IsClustered(void) {return FALSE;}
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
PCOL GetNext(void) {return Next;}
|
||||
PSZ GetName(void) {return Name;}
|
||||
int GetIndex(void) {return Index;}
|
||||
int GetOpt(void) {return Opt;}
|
||||
ushort GetColUse(void) {return ColUse;}
|
||||
ushort GetColUse(ushort u) {return (ColUse & u);}
|
||||
ushort GetStatus(void) {return Status;}
|
||||
ushort GetStatus(ushort u) {return (Status & u);}
|
||||
void SetColUse(ushort u) {ColUse = u;}
|
||||
void SetStatus(ushort u) {Status = u;}
|
||||
void AddColUse(ushort u) {ColUse |= u;}
|
||||
void AddStatus(ushort u) {Status |= u;}
|
||||
void SetNext(PCOL cp) {Next = cp;}
|
||||
#if defined(MRRBKA_SUPPORT)
|
||||
PXCOL GetKcol(void) {return To_Kcol;}
|
||||
#endif // MRRBKA_SUPPORT
|
||||
void SetKcol(PXCOL kcp) {To_Kcol = kcp;}
|
||||
PCOLDEF GetCdp(void) {return Cdp;}
|
||||
PSZ GetDomain(void) {return (Cdp) ? Cdp->Decode : NULL;}
|
||||
PSZ GetDesc(void) {return (Cdp) ? Cdp->Desc : NULL;}
|
||||
PSZ GetFmt(void) {return (Cdp) ? Cdp->Fmt : NULL;}
|
||||
bool IsUnsigned(void) {return Unsigned;}
|
||||
bool IsNullable(void) {return Nullable;}
|
||||
void SetNullable(bool b) {Nullable = b;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual bool Compare(PXOB xp);
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
|
||||
virtual int CheckColumn(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp, PXOB &xp, int &ag);
|
||||
virtual bool IsSpecial(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n) {return 2;}
|
||||
virtual bool CheckSort(PTDB tdbp);
|
||||
virtual bool Eval(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
|
||||
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {}
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *, uint);
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual bool VarSize(void) {return false;}
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
virtual bool IsColInside(PCOL colp) {return this == colp;}
|
||||
bool InitValue(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PCOL Next; // Next column in table
|
||||
PSZ Name; // Column name
|
||||
PCOLDEF Cdp; // To column definition block
|
||||
PTDB To_Tdb; // Points to Table Descriptor Block
|
||||
PXCOL To_Kcol; // Points to Xindex matching column
|
||||
bool Nullable; // True if nullable
|
||||
bool Unsigned; // True if unsigned
|
||||
int Index; // Column number in table
|
||||
int Opt; // Cluster/sort information
|
||||
int Buf_Type; // Data type
|
||||
int Long; // Internal length in table
|
||||
int Precision; // Column length (as for ODBC)
|
||||
int Freq; // Evaluated ceiling of distinct values
|
||||
FORMAT Format; // Output format
|
||||
ushort ColUse; // Column usage
|
||||
ushort Status; // Column read status
|
||||
}; // end of class COLBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class SPCBLK: Base class for special column descriptors. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport SPCBLK : public COLBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
SPCBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool GetRnm(void) {return false;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool IsSpecial(void) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
SPCBLK(void) : COLBLK(1) {}
|
||||
}; // end of class SPCBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class RIDBLK: ROWID special column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport RIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
RIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp, bool rnm);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ROWID;}
|
||||
virtual bool GetRnm(void) {return Rnm;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool Rnm; // False for RowID, True for RowNum
|
||||
}; // end of class RIDBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class FIDBLK: FILEID special column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport FIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
FIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_FILID;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {} // This is a pseudo constant column
|
||||
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n)
|
||||
{return (n == 2 && tdbp == To_Tdb) ? 1 : 2;}
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
PSZ Fn; // The current To_File of the table
|
||||
}; // end of class FIDBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class TIDBLK: TABID special column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TABID;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {} // This is a pseudo constant column
|
||||
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n)
|
||||
{return (n == 3 && tdbp == To_Tdb) ? 1 : 2;}
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
TIDBLK(void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ Tname; // The current table name
|
||||
}; // end of class TIDBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class SIDBLK: SERVID special column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport SIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
SIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_SRVID;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {} // This is a pseudo constant column
|
||||
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n)
|
||||
{return (n == 3 && tdbp == To_Tdb) ? 1 : 2;}
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
SIDBLK(void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ Sname; // The current server name
|
||||
}; // end of class SIDBLK
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __COLBLK__H
|
||||
/*************** Colblk H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: COLBLK.H Version 1.7 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the COLBLK and derived classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __COLBLK__H
|
||||
#define __COLBLK__H
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "xobject.h"
|
||||
#include "reldef.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class COLBLK: Base class for table column descriptors. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport COLBLK : public XOBJECT {
|
||||
friend class TDBPIVOT;
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructors used by derived classes
|
||||
COLBLK(PCOLDEF cdp = NULL, PTDB tdbp = NULL, int i = 0);
|
||||
COLBLK(PCOL colp, PTDB tdbp = NULL); // Used in copy process
|
||||
COLBLK(int n) {} // Used when changing a column class in TDBXML
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_COLBLK;}
|
||||
virtual int GetResultType(void) {return Buf_Type;}
|
||||
virtual int GetScale(void) {return Format.Prec;}
|
||||
virtual int GetPrecision(void) {return Precision;}
|
||||
virtual int GetLength(void) {return Long;}
|
||||
virtual int GetLengthEx(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType() {return TYPE_AM_ERROR;}
|
||||
virtual void SetOk(void) {Status |= BUF_EMPTY;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTo_Tdb(void) {return To_Tdb;}
|
||||
virtual int GetClustered(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual int IsClustered(void) {return FALSE;}
|
||||
PCOL GetNext(void) {return Next;}
|
||||
PSZ GetName(void) {return Name;}
|
||||
int GetIndex(void) {return Index;}
|
||||
ushort GetColUse(void) {return ColUse;}
|
||||
int GetOpt(void) {return Opt;}
|
||||
ushort GetColUse(ushort u) {return (ColUse & u);}
|
||||
ushort GetStatus(void) {return Status;}
|
||||
ushort GetStatus(ushort u) {return (Status & u);}
|
||||
void SetColUse(ushort u) {ColUse = u;}
|
||||
void SetStatus(ushort u) {Status = u;}
|
||||
void AddColUse(ushort u) {ColUse |= u;}
|
||||
void AddStatus(ushort u) {Status |= u;}
|
||||
void SetNext(PCOL cp) {Next = cp;}
|
||||
PXCOL GetKcol(void) {return To_Kcol;}
|
||||
void SetKcol(PXCOL kcp) {To_Kcol = kcp;}
|
||||
PCOLDEF GetCdp(void) {return Cdp;}
|
||||
PSZ GetDomain(void) {return (Cdp) ? Cdp->Decode : NULL;}
|
||||
PSZ GetDesc(void) {return (Cdp) ? Cdp->Desc : NULL;}
|
||||
PSZ GetFmt(void) {return (Cdp) ? Cdp->Fmt : NULL;}
|
||||
bool IsUnsigned(void) {return Unsigned;}
|
||||
bool IsNullable(void) {return Nullable;}
|
||||
void SetNullable(bool b) {Nullable = b;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual bool Compare(PXOB xp);
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
|
||||
virtual bool IsSpecial(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool Eval(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
|
||||
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {}
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *, uint);
|
||||
virtual bool VarSize(void) {return false;}
|
||||
bool InitValue(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PCOL Next; // Next column in table
|
||||
PSZ Name; // Column name
|
||||
PCOLDEF Cdp; // To column definition block
|
||||
PTDB To_Tdb; // Points to Table Descriptor Block
|
||||
PXCOL To_Kcol; // Points to Xindex matching column
|
||||
bool Nullable; // True if nullable
|
||||
bool Unsigned; // True if unsigned
|
||||
int Index; // Column number in table
|
||||
int Opt; // Cluster/sort information
|
||||
int Buf_Type; // Data type
|
||||
int Long; // Internal length in table
|
||||
int Precision; // Column length (as for ODBC)
|
||||
int Freq; // Evaluated ceiling of distinct values
|
||||
FORMAT Format; // Output format
|
||||
ushort ColUse; // Column usage
|
||||
ushort Status; // Column read status
|
||||
}; // end of class COLBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class SPCBLK: Base class for special column descriptors. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport SPCBLK : public COLBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
SPCBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool GetRnm(void) {return false;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool IsSpecial(void) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
SPCBLK(void) : COLBLK(1) {}
|
||||
}; // end of class SPCBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class RIDBLK: ROWID special column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport RIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
RIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp, bool rnm);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ROWID;}
|
||||
virtual bool GetRnm(void) {return Rnm;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool Rnm; // False for RowID, True for RowNum
|
||||
}; // end of class RIDBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class FIDBLK: FILEID special column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport FIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
FIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_FILID;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {} // This is a pseudo constant column
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
PSZ Fn; // The current To_File of the table
|
||||
}; // end of class FIDBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class TIDBLK: TABID special column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TABID;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {} // This is a pseudo constant column
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
TIDBLK(void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ Tname; // The current table name
|
||||
}; // end of class TIDBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class SIDBLK: SERVID special column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport SIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
SIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_SRVID;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {} // This is a pseudo constant column
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
SIDBLK(void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ Sname; // The current server name
|
||||
}; // end of class SIDBLK
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __COLBLK__H
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -17,7 +17,6 @@
|
||||
/* Name: CONNECT.H Version 2.4 */
|
||||
/* This file contains the some based classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
//#include "xtable.h" // Base class declares
|
||||
#include "filamtxt.h"
|
||||
#include "tabdos.h"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -52,8 +51,6 @@ PGLOBAL CntExit(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
/* These classes purpose is chiefly to access protected items! */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DOXDEF: public DOSDEF {
|
||||
//friend class TDBDOX;
|
||||
//friend int MakeIndex(PGLOBAL, PTDB, PIXDEF);
|
||||
friend int CntIndexInit(PGLOBAL, PTDB, int);
|
||||
}; // end of class DOXDEF
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -74,10 +71,7 @@ class TDBDOX: public TDBDOS {
|
||||
class XKPDEF: public KPARTDEF {
|
||||
friend class TDBDOX;
|
||||
friend class ha_connect;
|
||||
//friend int CntMakeIndex(PGLOBAL, const char *, PIXDEF);
|
||||
friend int CntIndexInit(PGLOBAL, PTDB, int);
|
||||
public:
|
||||
XKPDEF(const char *name, int n) : KPARTDEF((PSZ)name, n) {}
|
||||
}; // end of class XKPDEF
|
||||
|
||||
//RCODE CheckRecord(PGLOBAL g, PTDB tdbp, char *oldbuf, char *newbuf);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ typedef struct _xblock { /* Loaded XML file block */
|
||||
short Type; /* TYPE_FB_XML */
|
||||
int Retcode; /* Return code from Load */
|
||||
MSXML2::IXMLDOMDocumentPtr Docp;/* Document interface pointer */
|
||||
//IXMLDOMNodeListPtr Nlist;
|
||||
} XBLOCK, *PXBLOCK;
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************/
|
||||
@@ -123,9 +122,6 @@ class DOMATTR : public XMLATTRIBUTE {
|
||||
friend class DOMDOC;
|
||||
friend class DOMNODE;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Properties
|
||||
//virtual char *GetText(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool SetText(PGLOBAL g, char *txtp, int len);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,114 +1,113 @@
|
||||
/*************** FilAMap H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: FILAMAP.H Version 1.2 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the MAP file access method classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __FILAMAP_H
|
||||
#define __FILAMAP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
#include "filamtxt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class MAPFAM *PMAPFAM;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the variable file access method using file mapping. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport MAPFAM : public TXTFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
MAPFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
MAPFAM(PMAPFAM tmfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_MAP;}
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) MAPFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return (g) ? -1 : 0;}
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s) {return s;}
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool DeferReading(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Memory; // Pointer on file mapping view.
|
||||
char *Mempos; // Position of next data to read
|
||||
char *Fpos; // Position of last read record
|
||||
char *Tpos; // Target Position for delete move
|
||||
char *Spos; // Start position for delete move
|
||||
char *Top; // Mark end of file mapping view
|
||||
}; // end of class MAPFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the blocked file access method using file mapping. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport MBKFAM : public MAPFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
MBKFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
MBKFAM(PMAPFAM tmfp) : MAPFAM(tmfp) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) MBKFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s)
|
||||
{return TXTFAM::MaxBlkSize(g, s);}
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// No additional members
|
||||
}; // end of class MBKFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the fixed file access method using file mapping. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport MPXFAM : public MBKFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
MPXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
MPXFAM(PMAPFAM tmfp) : MBKFAM(tmfp) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) MPXFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return TXTFAM::Cardinality(g);}
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s)
|
||||
{return TXTFAM::MaxBlkSize(g, s);}
|
||||
//virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual bool DeferReading(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// No additional members
|
||||
}; // end of class MPXFAM
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __FILAMAP_H
|
||||
/*************** FilAMap H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: FILAMAP.H Version 1.2 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the MAP file access method classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __FILAMAP_H
|
||||
#define __FILAMAP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
#include "filamtxt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class MAPFAM *PMAPFAM;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the variable file access method using file mapping. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport MAPFAM : public TXTFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
MAPFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
MAPFAM(PMAPFAM tmfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_MAP;}
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) MAPFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return (g) ? -1 : 0;}
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s) {return s;}
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool DeferReading(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Memory; // Pointer on file mapping view.
|
||||
char *Mempos; // Position of next data to read
|
||||
char *Fpos; // Position of last read record
|
||||
char *Tpos; // Target Position for delete move
|
||||
char *Spos; // Start position for delete move
|
||||
char *Top; // Mark end of file mapping view
|
||||
}; // end of class MAPFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the blocked file access method using file mapping. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport MBKFAM : public MAPFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
MBKFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
MBKFAM(PMAPFAM tmfp) : MAPFAM(tmfp) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) MBKFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s)
|
||||
{return TXTFAM::MaxBlkSize(g, s);}
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// No additional members
|
||||
}; // end of class MBKFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the fixed file access method using file mapping. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport MPXFAM : public MBKFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
MPXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
MPXFAM(PMAPFAM tmfp) : MBKFAM(tmfp) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) MPXFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return TXTFAM::Cardinality(g);}
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s)
|
||||
{return TXTFAM::MaxBlkSize(g, s);}
|
||||
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual bool DeferReading(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// No additional members
|
||||
}; // end of class MPXFAM
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __FILAMAP_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -43,7 +43,6 @@ class DllExport DBFBASE {
|
||||
int Nerr; /* Number of bad records */
|
||||
int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad records */
|
||||
int ReadMode; /* 1: ALL 2: DEL 0: NOT DEL */
|
||||
//PSZ Defpath; /* Default data path */
|
||||
}; // end of class DBFBASE
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
@@ -63,22 +62,18 @@ class DllExport DBFFAM : public FIXFAM, public DBFBASE {
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int GetNerr(void) {return Nerr;}
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//virtual int GetRowID(void); // Temporarily suppressed
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
virtual bool CopyHeader(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
//int Records; in TXTFAM
|
||||
//int Headlen; in TXTFAM
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
}; // end of class DBFFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
@@ -100,17 +95,13 @@ class DllExport DBMFAM : public MPXFAM, public DBFBASE {
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int GetNerr(void) {return Nerr;}
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//virtual int GetRowID(void); // Temporarily suppressed
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
//int Records; in TXTFAM
|
||||
//int Headlen; in TXTFAM
|
||||
}; // end of class DBFFAM
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __FILAMDBF_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -168,13 +168,10 @@ int FIXFAM::ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
CurNum = 0;
|
||||
Tdbp->SetLine(To_Buf);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
next:
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
if (++CurBlk >= Block)
|
||||
return RC_EF;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
/*****************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Before reading a new block, check whether block indexing */
|
||||
/* can be done, as well as for join as for local filtering. */
|
||||
@@ -185,7 +182,6 @@ int FIXFAM::ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
case RC_NF:
|
||||
goto next;
|
||||
} // endswitch rc
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
} // endif's
|
||||
|
||||
if (OldBlk == CurBlk) {
|
||||
@@ -1043,13 +1039,10 @@ int BGXFAM::ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
CurNum = 0;
|
||||
Tdbp->SetLine(To_Buf);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
next:
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
if (++CurBlk >= Block)
|
||||
return RC_EF;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
/*****************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Before reading a new block, check whether block optimization */
|
||||
/* can be done, as well as for join as for local filtering. */
|
||||
@@ -1060,7 +1053,7 @@ int BGXFAM::ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
case RC_NF:
|
||||
goto next;
|
||||
} // endswitch rc
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
} // endif's
|
||||
|
||||
if (OldBlk == CurBlk) {
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,90 +1,88 @@
|
||||
/************** FilAMFix H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: FILAMFIX.H Version 1.2 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005 - 2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the FIX file access method classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __FILAMFIX_H
|
||||
#define __FILAMFIX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "filamtxt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class FIXFAM *PFIXFAM;
|
||||
typedef class BGXFAM *PBGXFAM;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for standard */
|
||||
/* files with fixed record format (FIX, BIN) */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport FIXFAM : public BLKFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
FIXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
FIXFAM(PFIXFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_FIX;}
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) FIXFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return TXTFAM::Cardinality(g);}
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s)
|
||||
{return TXTFAM::MaxBlkSize(g, s);}
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool CopyHeader(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b);
|
||||
|
||||
// No additional members
|
||||
}; // end of class FIXFAM
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* that are standard files with columns starting at fixed offset */
|
||||
/* This class is for fixed formatted files of more than 2 gigabytes. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class BGXFAM : public FIXFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
BGXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
BGXFAM(PBGXFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) BGXFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
//virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool BigSeek(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, BIGINT pos
|
||||
, int org = FILE_BEGIN);
|
||||
int BigRead(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
|
||||
bool BigWrite(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
HANDLE Hfile; // Handle(descriptor) to big file
|
||||
HANDLE Tfile; // Handle(descriptor) to big temp file
|
||||
//BIGINT Xpos; // Current file position
|
||||
}; // end of class BGXFAM
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __FILAMFIX_H
|
||||
/************** FilAMFix H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: FILAMFIX.H Version 1.3 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005 - 2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the FIX file access method classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __FILAMFIX_H
|
||||
#define __FILAMFIX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "filamtxt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class FIXFAM *PFIXFAM;
|
||||
typedef class BGXFAM *PBGXFAM;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for standard */
|
||||
/* files with fixed record format (FIX, BIN) */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport FIXFAM : public BLKFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
FIXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
FIXFAM(PFIXFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_FIX;}
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) FIXFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return TXTFAM::Cardinality(g);}
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s)
|
||||
{return TXTFAM::MaxBlkSize(g, s);}
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool CopyHeader(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b);
|
||||
|
||||
// No additional members
|
||||
}; // end of class FIXFAM
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* that are standard files with columns starting at fixed offset */
|
||||
/* This class is for fixed formatted files of more than 2 gigabytes. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class BGXFAM : public FIXFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
BGXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
BGXFAM(PBGXFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) BGXFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool BigSeek(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, BIGINT pos
|
||||
, int org = FILE_BEGIN);
|
||||
int BigRead(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
|
||||
bool BigWrite(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
HANDLE Hfile; // Handle(descriptor) to big file
|
||||
HANDLE Tfile; // Handle(descriptor) to big temp file
|
||||
}; // end of class BGXFAM
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __FILAMFIX_H
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,196 +1,196 @@
|
||||
/************** FilAMTxt H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: FILAMTXT.H Version 1.2 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the file access method classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __FILAMTXT_H
|
||||
#define __FILAMTXT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class TXTFAM *PTXF;
|
||||
typedef class DOSFAM *PDOSFAM;
|
||||
typedef class BLKFAM *PBLKFAM;
|
||||
typedef class DOSDEF *PDOSDEF;
|
||||
typedef class TDBDOS *PTDBDOS;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the base class for all file access method classes. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TXTFAM : public BLOCK {
|
||||
friend class TDBDOS;
|
||||
friend class TDBCSV;
|
||||
friend class TDBFIX;
|
||||
friend class TDBVCT;
|
||||
friend class DOSCOL;
|
||||
friend class BINCOL;
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TXTFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
TXTFAM(PTXF txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool GetUseTemp(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual int GetDelRows(void) {return DelRows;}
|
||||
int GetCurBlk(void) {return CurBlk;}
|
||||
void SetTdbp(PTDBDOS tdbp) {Tdbp = tdbp;}
|
||||
int GetBlock(void) {return Block;}
|
||||
void SetBlkPos(int *bkp) {BlkPos = bkp;}
|
||||
void SetNrec(int n) {Nrec = n;}
|
||||
char *GetBuf(void) {return To_Buf;}
|
||||
int GetRows(void) {return Rows;}
|
||||
bool IsBlocked(void) {return Blocked;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {}
|
||||
virtual int GetNerr(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool DeferReading(void) {IsRead = false; return true;}
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTDBDOS Tdbp; // To table class
|
||||
PSZ To_File; // Points to table file name
|
||||
PFBLOCK To_Fb; // Pointer to file block
|
||||
bool Placed; // true if Recpos was externally set
|
||||
bool IsRead; // false for deferred reading
|
||||
bool Blocked; // true if using blocked I/O
|
||||
char *To_Buf; // Points to I/O buffer
|
||||
void *DelBuf; // Buffer used to move lines in Delete
|
||||
int *BlkPos; // To array of block positions
|
||||
int BlkLen; // Current block length
|
||||
int Buflen; // Buffer length
|
||||
int Dbflen; // Delete buffer length
|
||||
int Rows; // Number of rows read so far
|
||||
int DelRows; // Number of deleted rows
|
||||
int Headlen; // Number of bytes in header
|
||||
int Lrecl; // Logical Record Length
|
||||
int Block; // Number of blocks in table
|
||||
int Last; // Number of elements of last block
|
||||
int Nrec; // Number of records in buffer
|
||||
int OldBlk; // Index of last read block
|
||||
int CurBlk; // Index of current block
|
||||
int CurNum; // Current buffer line number
|
||||
int ReadBlks; // Number of blocks read (selected)
|
||||
int Rbuf; // Number of lines read in buffer
|
||||
int Modif; // Number of modified lines in block
|
||||
int Blksize; // Size of padded blocks
|
||||
int Ending; // Length of line end
|
||||
bool Padded; // true if fixed size blocks are padded
|
||||
bool Eof; // true if an EOF (0xA) character exists
|
||||
char *CrLf; // End of line character(s)
|
||||
}; // end of class TXTFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for standard */
|
||||
/* text files with variable record format (DOS, CSV, FMT) */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport DOSFAM : public TXTFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
DOSFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
DOSFAM(PDOSFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_DOS;}
|
||||
virtual bool GetUseTemp(void) {return UseTemp;}
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) DOSFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b);
|
||||
virtual int RenameTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
FILE *Stream; // Points to Dos file structure
|
||||
FILE *T_Stream; // Points to temporary file structure
|
||||
PFBLOCK To_Fbt; // Pointer to temp file block
|
||||
int Fpos; // Position of last read record
|
||||
int Tpos; // Target Position for delete move
|
||||
int Spos; // Start position for delete move
|
||||
bool UseTemp; // True to use a temporary file in Delete
|
||||
bool Bin; // True to force binary mode
|
||||
}; // end of class DOSFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for standard */
|
||||
/* text files with variable record format (DOS, CSV, FMT) */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport BLKFAM : public DOSFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
BLKFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
BLKFAM(PBLKFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_BLK;}
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) BLKFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *CurLine; // Position of current line in buffer
|
||||
char *NxtLine; // Position of Next line in buffer
|
||||
char *OutBuf; // Buffer to write in temporary file
|
||||
bool Closing; // True when closing on Update
|
||||
}; // end of class BLKFAM
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __FILAMTXT_H
|
||||
/************** FilAMTxt H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: FILAMTXT.H Version 1.2 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the file access method classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __FILAMTXT_H
|
||||
#define __FILAMTXT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class TXTFAM *PTXF;
|
||||
typedef class DOSFAM *PDOSFAM;
|
||||
typedef class BLKFAM *PBLKFAM;
|
||||
typedef class DOSDEF *PDOSDEF;
|
||||
typedef class TDBDOS *PTDBDOS;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the base class for all file access method classes. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TXTFAM : public BLOCK {
|
||||
friend class TDBDOS;
|
||||
friend class TDBCSV;
|
||||
friend class TDBFIX;
|
||||
friend class TDBVCT;
|
||||
friend class DOSCOL;
|
||||
friend class BINCOL;
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TXTFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
TXTFAM(PTXF txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool GetUseTemp(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual int GetDelRows(void) {return DelRows;}
|
||||
int GetCurBlk(void) {return CurBlk;}
|
||||
void SetTdbp(PTDBDOS tdbp) {Tdbp = tdbp;}
|
||||
int GetBlock(void) {return Block;}
|
||||
void SetBlkPos(int *bkp) {BlkPos = bkp;}
|
||||
void SetNrec(int n) {Nrec = n;}
|
||||
char *GetBuf(void) {return To_Buf;}
|
||||
int GetRows(void) {return Rows;}
|
||||
bool IsBlocked(void) {return Blocked;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {}
|
||||
virtual int GetNerr(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool DeferReading(void) {IsRead = false; return true;}
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTDBDOS Tdbp; // To table class
|
||||
PSZ To_File; // Points to table file name
|
||||
PFBLOCK To_Fb; // Pointer to file block
|
||||
bool Placed; // true if Recpos was externally set
|
||||
bool IsRead; // false for deferred reading
|
||||
bool Blocked; // true if using blocked I/O
|
||||
char *To_Buf; // Points to I/O buffer
|
||||
void *DelBuf; // Buffer used to move lines in Delete
|
||||
int *BlkPos; // To array of block positions
|
||||
int BlkLen; // Current block length
|
||||
int Buflen; // Buffer length
|
||||
int Dbflen; // Delete buffer length
|
||||
int Rows; // Number of rows read so far
|
||||
int DelRows; // Number of deleted rows
|
||||
int Headlen; // Number of bytes in header
|
||||
int Lrecl; // Logical Record Length
|
||||
int Block; // Number of blocks in table
|
||||
int Last; // Number of elements of last block
|
||||
int Nrec; // Number of records in buffer
|
||||
int OldBlk; // Index of last read block
|
||||
int CurBlk; // Index of current block
|
||||
int CurNum; // Current buffer line number
|
||||
int ReadBlks; // Number of blocks read (selected)
|
||||
int Rbuf; // Number of lines read in buffer
|
||||
int Modif; // Number of modified lines in block
|
||||
int Blksize; // Size of padded blocks
|
||||
int Ending; // Length of line end
|
||||
bool Padded; // true if fixed size blocks are padded
|
||||
bool Eof; // true if an EOF (0xA) character exists
|
||||
char *CrLf; // End of line character(s)
|
||||
}; // end of class TXTFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for standard */
|
||||
/* text files with variable record format (DOS, CSV, FMT) */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport DOSFAM : public TXTFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
DOSFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
DOSFAM(PDOSFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_DOS;}
|
||||
virtual bool GetUseTemp(void) {return UseTemp;}
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) DOSFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b);
|
||||
virtual int RenameTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
FILE *Stream; // Points to Dos file structure
|
||||
FILE *T_Stream; // Points to temporary file structure
|
||||
PFBLOCK To_Fbt; // Pointer to temp file block
|
||||
int Fpos; // Position of last read record
|
||||
int Tpos; // Target Position for delete move
|
||||
int Spos; // Start position for delete move
|
||||
bool UseTemp; // True to use a temporary file in Delete
|
||||
bool Bin; // True to force binary mode
|
||||
}; // end of class DOSFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for standard */
|
||||
/* text files with variable record format (DOS, CSV, FMT) */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport BLKFAM : public DOSFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
BLKFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
BLKFAM(PBLKFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_BLK;}
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) BLKFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *CurLine; // Position of current line in buffer
|
||||
char *NxtLine; // Position of Next line in buffer
|
||||
char *OutBuf; // Buffer to write in temporary file
|
||||
bool Closing; // True when closing on Update
|
||||
}; // end of class BLKFAM
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __FILAMTXT_H
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,249 +1,249 @@
|
||||
/************** FilAMVct H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: FILAMVCT.H Version 1.5 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the VCT file access method classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __FILAMVCT__
|
||||
#define __FILAMVCT__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "filamfix.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class VCTFAM *PVCTFAM;
|
||||
typedef class VCTCOL *PVCTCOL;
|
||||
typedef class VCMFAM *PVCMFAM;
|
||||
typedef class VECFAM *PVECFAM;
|
||||
typedef class VMPFAM *PVMPFAM;
|
||||
typedef class BGVFAM *PBGVFAM;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* in vector format. If MaxBlk=0, each block containing "Elements" */
|
||||
/* records, values of each columns are consecutively stored (vector). */
|
||||
/* Otherwise, data is arranged by column in the file and MaxBlk is */
|
||||
/* used to set the maximum number of blocks. This leave some white */
|
||||
/* space allowing to insert new values up to this maximum size. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VCTFAM : public FIXFAM {
|
||||
friend class TDBVCT;
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
VCTFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
|
||||
VCTFAM(PVCTFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VCT;}
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) VCTFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool InitInsert(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {}
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific functions
|
||||
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool MakeEmptyFile(PGLOBAL g, char *fn);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool MoveLines(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
|
||||
virtual bool CleanUnusedSpace(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool ResetTableSize(PGLOBAL g, int block, int last);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *NewBlock; // To block written on Insert
|
||||
char *Colfn; // Pattern for column file names (VER)
|
||||
char *Tempat; // Pattern for temp file names (VER)
|
||||
int *Clens; // Pointer to col size array
|
||||
int *Deplac; // Pointer to col start position array
|
||||
bool *Isnum; // Pointer to buffer type isnum result
|
||||
bool AddBlock; // True when adding new blocks on Insert
|
||||
bool Split; // true: split column file vector format
|
||||
int Header; // 0: no, 1: separate, 2: in data file
|
||||
int MaxBlk; // Max number of blocks (True vector format)
|
||||
int Bsize; // Because Nrec can be modified
|
||||
int Ncol; // The number of columns;
|
||||
}; // end of class VCTFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* in vector format accessed using file mapping. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VCMFAM : public VCTFAM {
|
||||
friend class TDBVCT;
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
VCMFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
|
||||
VCMFAM(PVCMFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VMP;}
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) VCMFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool InitInsert(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific functions
|
||||
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char* Memory; // Pointer on file mapping view.
|
||||
char* *Memcol; // Pointer on column start.
|
||||
}; // end of class VCMFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* in full vertical format. Each column is contained in a separate */
|
||||
/* file whose name is the table name followed by the column number. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VECFAM : public VCTFAM {
|
||||
friend class TDBVCT;
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
VECFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
|
||||
VECFAM(PVECFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) VECFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool InitInsert(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific functions
|
||||
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool MoveLines(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
|
||||
virtual int RenameTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool OpenColumnFile(PGLOBAL g, char *opmode, int i);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
FILE* *Streams; // Points to Dos file structure array
|
||||
FILE* *T_Streams; // Points to temp file structure array
|
||||
PFBLOCK *To_Fbs; // Pointer to file block array
|
||||
PFBLOCK *T_Fbs; // Pointer to temp file block array
|
||||
void* *To_Bufs; // Pointer to col val block array
|
||||
bool InitUpdate; // Used to initialize updating
|
||||
}; // end of class VECFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* in full vertical format accessed using file mapping. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VMPFAM : public VCMFAM {
|
||||
friend class TDBVCT;
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
VMPFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
|
||||
VMPFAM(PVMPFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) VMPFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool MapColumnFile(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode, int i);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PFBLOCK *To_Fbs; // Pointer to file block array
|
||||
}; // end of class VMPFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* in (possibly blocked) vector format that can be larger than 2GB. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class BGVFAM : public VCTFAM {
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
BGVFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
|
||||
BGVFAM(PBGVFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) BGVFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific functions
|
||||
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool BigSeek(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, BIGINT pos, bool b = false);
|
||||
bool BigRead(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
|
||||
bool BigWrite(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
|
||||
virtual bool MakeEmptyFile(PGLOBAL g, char *fn);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
|
||||
virtual bool CleanUnusedSpace(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
HANDLE Hfile; // Handle to big file
|
||||
HANDLE Tfile; // Handle to temporary file
|
||||
BIGINT *BigDep; // Pointer to col start position array
|
||||
}; // end of class BGVFAM
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __FILAMVCT__
|
||||
|
||||
/************** FilAMVct H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: FILAMVCT.H Version 1.5 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the VCT file access method classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __FILAMVCT__
|
||||
#define __FILAMVCT__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "filamfix.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class VCTFAM *PVCTFAM;
|
||||
typedef class VCTCOL *PVCTCOL;
|
||||
typedef class VCMFAM *PVCMFAM;
|
||||
typedef class VECFAM *PVECFAM;
|
||||
typedef class VMPFAM *PVMPFAM;
|
||||
typedef class BGVFAM *PBGVFAM;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* in vector format. If MaxBlk=0, each block containing "Elements" */
|
||||
/* records, values of each columns are consecutively stored (vector). */
|
||||
/* Otherwise, data is arranged by column in the file and MaxBlk is */
|
||||
/* used to set the maximum number of blocks. This leave some white */
|
||||
/* space allowing to insert new values up to this maximum size. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VCTFAM : public FIXFAM {
|
||||
friend class TDBVCT;
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
VCTFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
|
||||
VCTFAM(PVCTFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VCT;}
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) VCTFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool InitInsert(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {}
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific functions
|
||||
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool MakeEmptyFile(PGLOBAL g, char *fn);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool MoveLines(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
|
||||
virtual bool CleanUnusedSpace(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool ResetTableSize(PGLOBAL g, int block, int last);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *NewBlock; // To block written on Insert
|
||||
char *Colfn; // Pattern for column file names (VER)
|
||||
char *Tempat; // Pattern for temp file names (VER)
|
||||
int *Clens; // Pointer to col size array
|
||||
int *Deplac; // Pointer to col start position array
|
||||
bool *Isnum; // Pointer to buffer type isnum result
|
||||
bool AddBlock; // True when adding new blocks on Insert
|
||||
bool Split; // true: split column file vector format
|
||||
int Header; // 0: no, 1: separate, 2: in data file
|
||||
int MaxBlk; // Max number of blocks (True vector format)
|
||||
int Bsize; // Because Nrec can be modified
|
||||
int Ncol; // The number of columns;
|
||||
}; // end of class VCTFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* in vector format accessed using file mapping. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VCMFAM : public VCTFAM {
|
||||
friend class TDBVCT;
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
VCMFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
|
||||
VCMFAM(PVCMFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VMP;}
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) VCMFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool InitInsert(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific functions
|
||||
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char* Memory; // Pointer on file mapping view.
|
||||
char* *Memcol; // Pointer on column start.
|
||||
}; // end of class VCMFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* in full vertical format. Each column is contained in a separate */
|
||||
/* file whose name is the table name followed by the column number. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VECFAM : public VCTFAM {
|
||||
friend class TDBVCT;
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
VECFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
|
||||
VECFAM(PVECFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) VECFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool InitInsert(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific functions
|
||||
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool MoveLines(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
|
||||
virtual int RenameTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool OpenColumnFile(PGLOBAL g, char *opmode, int i);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
FILE* *Streams; // Points to Dos file structure array
|
||||
FILE* *T_Streams; // Points to temp file structure array
|
||||
PFBLOCK *To_Fbs; // Pointer to file block array
|
||||
PFBLOCK *T_Fbs; // Pointer to temp file block array
|
||||
void* *To_Bufs; // Pointer to col val block array
|
||||
bool InitUpdate; // Used to initialize updating
|
||||
}; // end of class VECFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* in full vertical format accessed using file mapping. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VMPFAM : public VCMFAM {
|
||||
friend class TDBVCT;
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
VMPFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
|
||||
VMPFAM(PVMPFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) VMPFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool MapColumnFile(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode, int i);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PFBLOCK *To_Fbs; // Pointer to file block array
|
||||
}; // end of class VMPFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* in (possibly blocked) vector format that can be larger than 2GB. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class BGVFAM : public VCTFAM {
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
BGVFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
|
||||
BGVFAM(PBGVFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) BGVFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific functions
|
||||
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool BigSeek(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, BIGINT pos, bool b = false);
|
||||
bool BigRead(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
|
||||
bool BigWrite(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
|
||||
virtual bool MakeEmptyFile(PGLOBAL g, char *fn);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
|
||||
virtual bool CleanUnusedSpace(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
HANDLE Hfile; // Handle to big file
|
||||
HANDLE Tfile; // Handle to temporary file
|
||||
BIGINT *BigDep; // Pointer to col start position array
|
||||
}; // end of class BGVFAM
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __FILAMVCT__
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,171 +1,169 @@
|
||||
/************** FilAmZip H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: FILAMZIP.H Version 1.1 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the GZIP access method classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __FILAMZIP_H
|
||||
#define __FILAMZIP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "zlib.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class ZIPFAM *PZIPFAM;
|
||||
typedef class ZBKFAM *PZBKFAM;
|
||||
typedef class ZIXFAM *PZIXFAM;
|
||||
typedef class ZLBFAM *PZLBFAM;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the access method class declaration for not optimized */
|
||||
/* variable record length files compressed using the gzip library */
|
||||
/* functions. File is accessed record by record (row). */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport ZIPFAM : public TXTFAM {
|
||||
// friend class DOSCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
ZIPFAM(PDOSDEF tdp) : TXTFAM(tdp) {Zfile = NULL; Zpos = 0;}
|
||||
ZIPFAM(PZIPFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ZIP;}
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZIPFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return (g) ? -1 : 0;}
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s) {return s;}
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int Zerror(PGLOBAL g); // GZ error function
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
gzFile Zfile; // Points to GZ file structure
|
||||
z_off_t Zpos; // Uncompressed file position
|
||||
}; // end of class ZIPFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the access method class declaration for optimized variable */
|
||||
/* record length files compressed using the gzip library functions. */
|
||||
/* The File is accessed by block (requires an opt file). */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport ZBKFAM : public ZIPFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
ZBKFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
ZBKFAM(PZBKFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZBKFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *CurLine; // Position of current line in buffer
|
||||
char *NxtLine; // Position of Next line in buffer
|
||||
bool Closing; // True when closing on Insert
|
||||
}; // end of class ZBKFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the access method class declaration for fixed record */
|
||||
/* length files compressed using the gzip library functions. */
|
||||
/* The file is always accessed by block. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport ZIXFAM : public ZBKFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
ZIXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
ZIXFAM(PZIXFAM txfp) : ZBKFAM(txfp) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZIXFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// No additional Members
|
||||
}; // end of class ZIXFAM
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for PlugDB */
|
||||
/* fixed/variable files compressed using the zlib library functions. */
|
||||
/* Physically these are written and read using the same technique */
|
||||
/* than blocked variable files, only the contain of each block is */
|
||||
/* compressed using the deflate zlib function. The purpose of this */
|
||||
/* specific format is to have a fast mechanism for direct access of */
|
||||
/* records so blocked optimization is fast and direct access (joins) */
|
||||
/* is allowed. Note that the block length is written ahead of each */
|
||||
/* block to enable reading when optimization file is not available. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport ZLBFAM : public BLKFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
ZLBFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
ZLBFAM(PZLBFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ZLIB;}
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZLBFAM(this);}
|
||||
inline void SetOptimized(bool b) {Optimized = b;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool WriteCompressedBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
int ReadCompressedBuffer(PGLOBAL g, void *rdbuf);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
z_streamp Zstream; // Compression/decompression stream
|
||||
Byte *Zbuffer; // Compressed block buffer
|
||||
int *Zlenp; // Pointer to block length
|
||||
bool Optimized; // true when opt file is available
|
||||
}; // end of class ZLBFAM
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __FILAMZIP_H
|
||||
/************** FilAmZip H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: FILAMZIP.H Version 1.2 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the GZIP access method classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __FILAMZIP_H
|
||||
#define __FILAMZIP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "zlib.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class ZIPFAM *PZIPFAM;
|
||||
typedef class ZBKFAM *PZBKFAM;
|
||||
typedef class ZIXFAM *PZIXFAM;
|
||||
typedef class ZLBFAM *PZLBFAM;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the access method class declaration for not optimized */
|
||||
/* variable record length files compressed using the gzip library */
|
||||
/* functions. File is accessed record by record (row). */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport ZIPFAM : public TXTFAM {
|
||||
// friend class DOSCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
ZIPFAM(PDOSDEF tdp) : TXTFAM(tdp) {Zfile = NULL; Zpos = 0;}
|
||||
ZIPFAM(PZIPFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ZIP;}
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZIPFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return (g) ? -1 : 0;}
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s) {return s;}
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int Zerror(PGLOBAL g); // GZ error function
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
gzFile Zfile; // Points to GZ file structure
|
||||
z_off_t Zpos; // Uncompressed file position
|
||||
}; // end of class ZIPFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the access method class declaration for optimized variable */
|
||||
/* record length files compressed using the gzip library functions. */
|
||||
/* The File is accessed by block (requires an opt file). */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport ZBKFAM : public ZIPFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
ZBKFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
ZBKFAM(PZBKFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZBKFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetRowID(void);
|
||||
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *CurLine; // Position of current line in buffer
|
||||
char *NxtLine; // Position of Next line in buffer
|
||||
bool Closing; // True when closing on Insert
|
||||
}; // end of class ZBKFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the access method class declaration for fixed record */
|
||||
/* length files compressed using the gzip library functions. */
|
||||
/* The file is always accessed by block. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport ZIXFAM : public ZBKFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
ZIXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
ZIXFAM(PZIXFAM txfp) : ZBKFAM(txfp) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZIXFAM(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// No additional Members
|
||||
}; // end of class ZIXFAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for PlugDB */
|
||||
/* fixed/variable files compressed using the zlib library functions. */
|
||||
/* Physically these are written and read using the same technique */
|
||||
/* than blocked variable files, only the contain of each block is */
|
||||
/* compressed using the deflate zlib function. The purpose of this */
|
||||
/* specific format is to have a fast mechanism for direct access of */
|
||||
/* records so blocked optimization is fast and direct access (joins) */
|
||||
/* is allowed. Note that the block length is written ahead of each */
|
||||
/* block to enable reading when optimization file is not available. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport ZLBFAM : public BLKFAM {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
ZLBFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
|
||||
ZLBFAM(PZLBFAM txfp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ZLIB;}
|
||||
virtual int GetPos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
|
||||
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZLBFAM(this);}
|
||||
inline void SetOptimized(bool b) {Optimized = b;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Rewind(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool WriteCompressedBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
int ReadCompressedBuffer(PGLOBAL g, void *rdbuf);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
z_streamp Zstream; // Compression/decompression stream
|
||||
Byte *Zbuffer; // Compressed block buffer
|
||||
int *Zlenp; // Pointer to block length
|
||||
bool Optimized; // true when opt file is available
|
||||
}; // end of class ZLBFAM
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __FILAMZIP_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ PPARM MakeParm(PGLOBAL g, PXOB xp)
|
||||
bool PlugEvalLike(PGLOBAL, LPCSTR, LPCSTR, bool);
|
||||
//bool ReadSubQuery(PGLOBAL, PSUBQ);
|
||||
//PSUBQ OpenSubQuery(PGLOBAL, PSQL);
|
||||
void PlugCloseDB(PGLOBAL, PSQL);
|
||||
//void PlugCloseDB(PGLOBAL, PSQL);
|
||||
BYTE OpBmp(PGLOBAL g, OPVAL opc);
|
||||
PARRAY MakeValueArray(PGLOBAL g, PPARM pp);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -201,6 +201,7 @@ FILTER::FILTER(PFIL fil1)
|
||||
Test[1] = fil1->Test[1];
|
||||
} // end of FILTER copy constructor
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Linearize: Does the linearization of the filter tree: */
|
||||
/* Independent filters (not implied in OR/NOT) will be separated */
|
||||
@@ -388,7 +389,6 @@ int FILTER::RefNum(PSQL sqlp)
|
||||
return n;
|
||||
} // end of RefNum
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* CheckSubQuery: see SUBQUERY::CheckSubQuery for comment. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
@@ -747,7 +747,6 @@ bool FILTER::CheckHaving(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp)
|
||||
sqlp->SetOk(FALSE);
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
} // end of CheckHaving
|
||||
#endif // 0
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Used while building a table index. This function split the filter */
|
||||
@@ -924,6 +923,7 @@ int FILTER::CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n)
|
||||
|
||||
return max(n1, n2);
|
||||
} // end of CheckSpcCol
|
||||
#endif // 0
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Reset the filter arguments to non evaluated yet. */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ class DllExport FILTER : public XOBJECT { /* Filter description block */
|
||||
virtual bool Init(PGLOBAL);
|
||||
virtual bool Eval(PGLOBAL);
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) {return TRUE;} // NUY
|
||||
virtual int CheckColumn(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp, PXOB &xp, int &ag);
|
||||
virtual int RefNum(PSQL);
|
||||
virtual PXOB SetSelect(PGLOBAL, PSQL, bool) {return NULL;} // NUY
|
||||
//virtual int CheckColumn(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp, PXOB &xp, int &ag);
|
||||
//virtual int RefNum(PSQL);
|
||||
//virtual PXOB SetSelect(PGLOBAL, PSQL, bool) {return NULL;} // NUY
|
||||
//virtual PXOB CheckSubQuery(PGLOBAL, PSQL);
|
||||
virtual bool CheckLocal(PTDB);
|
||||
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n);
|
||||
//virtual bool CheckLocal(PTDB);
|
||||
//virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, UINT n);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, UINT z);
|
||||
PFIL Linearize(bool nosep);
|
||||
PFIL Link(PGLOBAL g, PFIL fil2);
|
||||
PFIL RemoveLastSep(void);
|
||||
// PFIL Linearize(bool nosep);
|
||||
// PFIL Link(PGLOBAL g, PFIL fil2);
|
||||
// PFIL RemoveLastSep(void);
|
||||
// PFIL SortJoin(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
// bool FindJoinFilter(POPJOIN opj, PFIL fprec, bool teq,
|
||||
// bool tek, bool tk2, bool tc2, bool tix, bool thx);
|
||||
// bool CheckHaving(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp);
|
||||
bool Convert(PGLOBAL g, bool having);
|
||||
int SplitFilter(PFIL *fp);
|
||||
int SplitFilter(PFIL *fp, PTDB tp, int n);
|
||||
PFIL LinkFilter(PGLOBAL g, PFIL fp2);
|
||||
// int SplitFilter(PFIL *fp);
|
||||
// int SplitFilter(PFIL *fp, PTDB tp, int n);
|
||||
// PFIL LinkFilter(PGLOBAL g, PFIL fp2);
|
||||
// PFIL Copy(PTABS t);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,260 +1,258 @@
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GLOBAL.H: Declaration file used by all CONNECT implementations. */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright Olivier Bertrand 1993-2012 */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Included C-definition files common to all Plug routines */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include <string.h> /* String manipulation declares */
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h> /* C standard library */
|
||||
#include <ctype.h> /* C language specific types */
|
||||
#include <stdio.h> /* FOPEN_MAX declaration */
|
||||
#include <time.h> /* time_t type declaration */
|
||||
#include <setjmp.h> /* Long jump declarations */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(NOEX)
|
||||
#define DllExport __declspec( dllexport )
|
||||
#else // !WIN32
|
||||
#define DllExport
|
||||
#endif // !WIN32
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(DOMDOC_SUPPORT) || defined(LIBXML2_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define XML_SUPPORT 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(XMSG)
|
||||
// Definition used to read messages from message file.
|
||||
#include "msgid.h"
|
||||
#define MSG(I) PlugReadMessage(NULL, MSG_##I, #I)
|
||||
#define STEP(I) PlugReadMessage(g, MSG_##I, #I)
|
||||
#elif defined(NEWMSG)
|
||||
// Definition used to get messages from resource.
|
||||
#include "msgid.h"
|
||||
#define MSG(I) PlugGetMessage(NULL, MSG_##I)
|
||||
#define STEP(I) PlugGetMessage(g, MSG_##I)
|
||||
#else // !XMSG and !NEWMSG
|
||||
// Definition used to replace messages ID's by their definition.
|
||||
#include "messages.h"
|
||||
#define MSG(I) MSG_##I
|
||||
#define STEP(I) MSG_##I
|
||||
#endif // !XMSG and !NEWMSG
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32)
|
||||
#define CRLF 2
|
||||
#else // !WIN32
|
||||
#define CRLF 1
|
||||
#endif // !WIN32
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Miscellaneous Constants */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#define NO_IVAL -95684275 /* Used by GetIntegerOption */
|
||||
#define VMLANG 370 /* Size of olf VM lang blocks */
|
||||
#define MAX_JUMP 24 /* Maximum jump level number */
|
||||
#define MAX_STR 1024 /* Maximum string length */
|
||||
#define STR_SIZE 501 /* Length of char strings. */
|
||||
#define STD_INPUT 0 /* Standard language input */
|
||||
#define STD_OUTPUT 1 /* Standard language output */
|
||||
#define ERROR_OUTPUT 2 /* Error message output */
|
||||
#define DEBUG_OUTPUT 3 /* Debug info output */
|
||||
#define PROMPT_OUTPUT 4 /* Prompt message output */
|
||||
#define COPY_OUTPUT 5 /* Copy of language input */
|
||||
#define STD_MSG 6 /* System message file */
|
||||
#define DEBUG_MSG 7 /* Debug message file */
|
||||
#define DUMMY 0 /* Dummy file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
#define STDIN 1 /* stdin file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
#define STDOUT 2 /* stdout file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
#define STDERR 3 /* stderr file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
#define STDEBUG 4 /* debug file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
#define STDPRN 5 /* stdprn file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
#define STDFREE 6 /* Free file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
|
||||
#define TYPE_SEM -2 /* Returned semantic function */
|
||||
#define TYPE_DFONC -2 /* Indirect sem ref in FPARM */
|
||||
#define TYPE_VOID -1
|
||||
#define TYPE_SBPAR -1 /* Phrase reference in FPARM */
|
||||
#define TYPE_SEMX 0 /* Initial semantic function type? */
|
||||
#define TYPE_ERROR 0
|
||||
#define TYPE_STRING 1
|
||||
#define TYPE_DOUBLE 2
|
||||
#define TYPE_SHORT 3
|
||||
#define TYPE_TINY 4
|
||||
#define TYPE_BIGINT 5
|
||||
#define TYPE_LIST 6
|
||||
#define TYPE_INT 7
|
||||
#define TYPE_DECIM 9
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(OS32)
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "OS32"
|
||||
#elif defined(UNIX) || defined(LINUX) || defined(UNIV_LINUX)
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "UNIX"
|
||||
#elif defined(OS16)
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "OS16"
|
||||
#elif defined(DOSR)
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "DOSR"
|
||||
#elif defined(WIN)
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "WIN1"
|
||||
#elif defined(WIN32)
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "WIN2"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "XXXX"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Static variables */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#if defined(STORAGE)
|
||||
char sys_stamp[4] = SYS_STAMP;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern char sys_stamp[];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* File-Selection Indicators */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#define PAT_LOG "log"
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(UNIX) || defined(LINUX) || defined(UNIV_LINUX)
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* printf does not accept null pointer for %s target. */
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
#define SVP(S) ((S) ? S : "<null>")
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* printf accepts null pointer for %s target. */
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
#define SVP(S) S
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STORAGE)
|
||||
FILE *debug;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern FILE *debug;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* General purpose type definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "os.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef uint OFFSET;
|
||||
typedef char NAME[9];
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
ushort Length;
|
||||
char String[2];
|
||||
} VARSTR;
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(PGLOBAL_DEFINED)
|
||||
typedef struct _global *PGLOBAL;
|
||||
#define PGLOBAL_DEFINED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
typedef struct _globplg *PGS;
|
||||
typedef struct _activity *PACTIVITY;
|
||||
typedef struct _parm *PPARM;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Segment Sub-Allocation block structure declares. */
|
||||
/* Next block is an implementation dependent segment suballoc save */
|
||||
/* structure used to keep the suballocation system offsets and to */
|
||||
/* restore them if needed. This scheme implies that no SubFree be used */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct { /* Plug Area SubAlloc header */
|
||||
OFFSET To_Free; /* Offset of next free block */
|
||||
uint FreeBlk; /* Size of remaining free memory */
|
||||
} POOLHEADER, *PPOOLHEADER;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Language block. Containing all global information for the language */
|
||||
/* this block is saved and retrieved with the language. Information */
|
||||
/* in this block can be set and modified under Grammar editing. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#if defined(BIT64)
|
||||
typedef int TIME_T; /* Lang block size must not change */
|
||||
#else // BIT32
|
||||
typedef time_t TIME_T; /* time_t */
|
||||
#endif // BIT32
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
uint Memsize;
|
||||
uint Size;
|
||||
} AREADEF;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Lang_block {
|
||||
NAME LangName; /* Language name */
|
||||
NAME Application; /* Application name */
|
||||
} LANG, *PLANG;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Application block. It contains all global information for the */
|
||||
/* current parse and execution using the corresponding language. */
|
||||
/* This block is dynamically allocated and set at language init. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _activity { /* Describes activity and language */
|
||||
void *Aptr; /* Points to user work area(s) */
|
||||
NAME Ap_Name; /* Current application name */
|
||||
} ACTIVITY;
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------- UNIT ?????????? VERSION ? ----------------------*/
|
||||
typedef struct _parm {
|
||||
void *Value;
|
||||
short Type, Domain;
|
||||
PPARM Next;
|
||||
} PARM;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Global Structure Block. This block contains, or points to, all */
|
||||
/* information used by CONNECT tables. Passed as an argument */
|
||||
/* to any routine allows it to have access to the entire information */
|
||||
/* currently available for the whole set of loaded languages. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _global { /* Global structure */
|
||||
void *Sarea; /* Points to work area */
|
||||
uint Sarea_Size; /* Work area size */
|
||||
PACTIVITY Activityp, ActivityStart;
|
||||
char Message[MAX_STR];
|
||||
int Createas; /* To pass info to created table */
|
||||
void *Xchk; /* indexes in create/alter */
|
||||
short Alchecked; /* Checked for ALTER */
|
||||
#if defined(MRRBKA_SUPPORT)
|
||||
short Mrr; /* True when doing mrr */
|
||||
#endif // MRRBKA_SUPPORT
|
||||
short Trace;
|
||||
int jump_level;
|
||||
jmp_buf jumper[MAX_JUMP + 2];
|
||||
} GLOBAL;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Exported routine declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#if defined(XMSG)
|
||||
DllExport char *PlugReadMessage(PGLOBAL, int, char *);
|
||||
#elif defined(NEWMSG)
|
||||
DllExport char *PlugGetMessage(PGLOBAL, int);
|
||||
#endif // XMSG || NEWMSG
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32)
|
||||
DllExport short GetLineLength(PGLOBAL); // Console line length
|
||||
#endif // WIN32
|
||||
DllExport PGLOBAL PlugInit(LPCSTR, uint); // Plug global initialization
|
||||
DllExport int PlugExit(PGLOBAL); // Plug global termination
|
||||
DllExport LPSTR PlugRemoveType(LPSTR, LPCSTR);
|
||||
DllExport LPCSTR PlugSetPath(LPSTR to, LPCSTR prefix, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR dir);
|
||||
DllExport BOOL PlugIsAbsolutePath(LPCSTR path);
|
||||
DllExport void *PlugAllocMem(PGLOBAL, uint);
|
||||
DllExport BOOL PlugSubSet(PGLOBAL, void *, uint);
|
||||
DllExport void *PlugSubAlloc(PGLOBAL, void *, size_t);
|
||||
DllExport char *PlugDup(PGLOBAL g, const char *str);
|
||||
DllExport void *MakePtr(void *, OFFSET);
|
||||
DllExport void htrc(char const *fmt, ...);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
} // extern "C"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*-------------------------- End of Global.H --------------------------*/
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GLOBAL.H: Declaration file used by all CONNECT implementations. */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright Olivier Bertrand 1993-2012 */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Included C-definition files common to all Plug routines */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include <string.h> /* String manipulation declares */
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h> /* C standard library */
|
||||
#include <ctype.h> /* C language specific types */
|
||||
#include <stdio.h> /* FOPEN_MAX declaration */
|
||||
#include <time.h> /* time_t type declaration */
|
||||
#include <setjmp.h> /* Long jump declarations */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(NOEX)
|
||||
#define DllExport __declspec( dllexport )
|
||||
#else // !WIN32
|
||||
#define DllExport
|
||||
#endif // !WIN32
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(DOMDOC_SUPPORT) || defined(LIBXML2_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define XML_SUPPORT 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(XMSG)
|
||||
// Definition used to read messages from message file.
|
||||
#include "msgid.h"
|
||||
#define MSG(I) PlugReadMessage(NULL, MSG_##I, #I)
|
||||
#define STEP(I) PlugReadMessage(g, MSG_##I, #I)
|
||||
#elif defined(NEWMSG)
|
||||
// Definition used to get messages from resource.
|
||||
#include "msgid.h"
|
||||
#define MSG(I) PlugGetMessage(NULL, MSG_##I)
|
||||
#define STEP(I) PlugGetMessage(g, MSG_##I)
|
||||
#else // !XMSG and !NEWMSG
|
||||
// Definition used to replace messages ID's by their definition.
|
||||
#include "messages.h"
|
||||
#define MSG(I) MSG_##I
|
||||
#define STEP(I) MSG_##I
|
||||
#endif // !XMSG and !NEWMSG
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32)
|
||||
#define CRLF 2
|
||||
#else // !WIN32
|
||||
#define CRLF 1
|
||||
#endif // !WIN32
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Miscellaneous Constants */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#define NO_IVAL -95684275 /* Used by GetIntegerOption */
|
||||
#define VMLANG 370 /* Size of olf VM lang blocks */
|
||||
#define MAX_JUMP 24 /* Maximum jump level number */
|
||||
#define MAX_STR 1024 /* Maximum string length */
|
||||
#define STR_SIZE 501 /* Length of char strings. */
|
||||
#define STD_INPUT 0 /* Standard language input */
|
||||
#define STD_OUTPUT 1 /* Standard language output */
|
||||
#define ERROR_OUTPUT 2 /* Error message output */
|
||||
#define DEBUG_OUTPUT 3 /* Debug info output */
|
||||
#define PROMPT_OUTPUT 4 /* Prompt message output */
|
||||
#define COPY_OUTPUT 5 /* Copy of language input */
|
||||
#define STD_MSG 6 /* System message file */
|
||||
#define DEBUG_MSG 7 /* Debug message file */
|
||||
#define DUMMY 0 /* Dummy file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
#define STDIN 1 /* stdin file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
#define STDOUT 2 /* stdout file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
#define STDERR 3 /* stderr file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
#define STDEBUG 4 /* debug file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
#define STDPRN 5 /* stdprn file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
#define STDFREE 6 /* Free file index in Ldm block */
|
||||
|
||||
#define TYPE_SEM -2 /* Returned semantic function */
|
||||
#define TYPE_DFONC -2 /* Indirect sem ref in FPARM */
|
||||
#define TYPE_VOID -1
|
||||
#define TYPE_SBPAR -1 /* Phrase reference in FPARM */
|
||||
#define TYPE_SEMX 0 /* Initial semantic function type? */
|
||||
#define TYPE_ERROR 0
|
||||
#define TYPE_STRING 1
|
||||
#define TYPE_DOUBLE 2
|
||||
#define TYPE_SHORT 3
|
||||
#define TYPE_TINY 4
|
||||
#define TYPE_BIGINT 5
|
||||
#define TYPE_LIST 6
|
||||
#define TYPE_INT 7
|
||||
#define TYPE_DECIM 9
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(OS32)
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "OS32"
|
||||
#elif defined(UNIX) || defined(LINUX) || defined(UNIV_LINUX)
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "UNIX"
|
||||
#elif defined(OS16)
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "OS16"
|
||||
#elif defined(DOSR)
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "DOSR"
|
||||
#elif defined(WIN)
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "WIN1"
|
||||
#elif defined(WIN32)
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "WIN2"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define SYS_STAMP "XXXX"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Static variables */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#if defined(STORAGE)
|
||||
char sys_stamp[4] = SYS_STAMP;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern char sys_stamp[];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* File-Selection Indicators */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#define PAT_LOG "log"
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(UNIX) || defined(LINUX) || defined(UNIV_LINUX)
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* printf does not accept null pointer for %s target. */
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
#define SVP(S) ((S) ? S : "<null>")
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* printf accepts null pointer for %s target. */
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
#define SVP(S) S
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STORAGE)
|
||||
FILE *debug;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern FILE *debug;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* General purpose type definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "os.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef uint OFFSET;
|
||||
typedef char NAME[9];
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
ushort Length;
|
||||
char String[2];
|
||||
} VARSTR;
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(PGLOBAL_DEFINED)
|
||||
typedef struct _global *PGLOBAL;
|
||||
#define PGLOBAL_DEFINED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
typedef struct _globplg *PGS;
|
||||
typedef struct _activity *PACTIVITY;
|
||||
typedef struct _parm *PPARM;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Segment Sub-Allocation block structure declares. */
|
||||
/* Next block is an implementation dependent segment suballoc save */
|
||||
/* structure used to keep the suballocation system offsets and to */
|
||||
/* restore them if needed. This scheme implies that no SubFree be used */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct { /* Plug Area SubAlloc header */
|
||||
OFFSET To_Free; /* Offset of next free block */
|
||||
uint FreeBlk; /* Size of remaining free memory */
|
||||
} POOLHEADER, *PPOOLHEADER;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Language block. Containing all global information for the language */
|
||||
/* this block is saved and retrieved with the language. Information */
|
||||
/* in this block can be set and modified under Grammar editing. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#if defined(BIT64)
|
||||
typedef int TIME_T; /* Lang block size must not change */
|
||||
#else // BIT32
|
||||
typedef time_t TIME_T; /* time_t */
|
||||
#endif // BIT32
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
uint Memsize;
|
||||
uint Size;
|
||||
} AREADEF;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Lang_block {
|
||||
NAME LangName; /* Language name */
|
||||
NAME Application; /* Application name */
|
||||
} LANG, *PLANG;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Application block. It contains all global information for the */
|
||||
/* current parse and execution using the corresponding language. */
|
||||
/* This block is dynamically allocated and set at language init. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _activity { /* Describes activity and language */
|
||||
void *Aptr; /* Points to user work area(s) */
|
||||
NAME Ap_Name; /* Current application name */
|
||||
} ACTIVITY;
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------- UNIT ?????????? VERSION ? ----------------------*/
|
||||
typedef struct _parm {
|
||||
void *Value;
|
||||
short Type, Domain;
|
||||
PPARM Next;
|
||||
} PARM;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Global Structure Block. This block contains, or points to, all */
|
||||
/* information used by CONNECT tables. Passed as an argument */
|
||||
/* to any routine allows it to have access to the entire information */
|
||||
/* currently available for the whole set of loaded languages. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _global { /* Global structure */
|
||||
void *Sarea; /* Points to work area */
|
||||
uint Sarea_Size; /* Work area size */
|
||||
PACTIVITY Activityp, ActivityStart;
|
||||
char Message[MAX_STR];
|
||||
int Createas; /* To pass info to created table */
|
||||
void *Xchk; /* indexes in create/alter */
|
||||
short Alchecked; /* Checked for ALTER */
|
||||
short Mrr; /* True when doing mrr */
|
||||
short Trace;
|
||||
int jump_level;
|
||||
jmp_buf jumper[MAX_JUMP + 2];
|
||||
} GLOBAL;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Exported routine declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#if defined(XMSG)
|
||||
DllExport char *PlugReadMessage(PGLOBAL, int, char *);
|
||||
#elif defined(NEWMSG)
|
||||
DllExport char *PlugGetMessage(PGLOBAL, int);
|
||||
#endif // XMSG || NEWMSG
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32)
|
||||
DllExport short GetLineLength(PGLOBAL); // Console line length
|
||||
#endif // WIN32
|
||||
DllExport PGLOBAL PlugInit(LPCSTR, uint); // Plug global initialization
|
||||
DllExport int PlugExit(PGLOBAL); // Plug global termination
|
||||
DllExport LPSTR PlugRemoveType(LPSTR, LPCSTR);
|
||||
DllExport LPCSTR PlugSetPath(LPSTR to, LPCSTR prefix, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR dir);
|
||||
DllExport BOOL PlugIsAbsolutePath(LPCSTR path);
|
||||
DllExport void *PlugAllocMem(PGLOBAL, uint);
|
||||
DllExport BOOL PlugSubSet(PGLOBAL, void *, uint);
|
||||
DllExport void *PlugSubAlloc(PGLOBAL, void *, size_t);
|
||||
DllExport char *PlugDup(PGLOBAL g, const char *str);
|
||||
DllExport void *MakePtr(void *, OFFSET);
|
||||
DllExport void htrc(char const *fmt, ...);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
} // extern "C"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*-------------------------- End of Global.H --------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -63,15 +63,10 @@ class DllItem MYSQLC {
|
||||
bool Connected(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
// int GetCurPos(void) {return (m_Res) ? N : 0;}
|
||||
// int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
|
||||
int GetResultSize(PGLOBAL g, PSZ sql);
|
||||
int Open(PGLOBAL g, const char *host, const char *db,
|
||||
const char *user= "root", const char *pwd= "*",
|
||||
int pt= 0);
|
||||
//ulong GetThreadID(void);
|
||||
//ulong ServerVersion(void);
|
||||
//const char *ServerInfo(void);
|
||||
int KillQuery(ulong id);
|
||||
int ExecSQL(PGLOBAL g, const char *query, int *w = NULL);
|
||||
int ExecSQLcmd(PGLOBAL g, const char *query, int *w);
|
||||
@@ -87,7 +82,6 @@ class DllItem MYSQLC {
|
||||
void Rewind(void);
|
||||
void FreeResult(void);
|
||||
void Close(void);
|
||||
//void DiscardResults(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
MYSQL_FIELD *GetNextField(void);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -62,146 +62,6 @@ enum INFO {INDX_RC, /* Index of PlugDB return code field */
|
||||
INDX_SIZE, /* Index of returned data size field */
|
||||
INDX_MAX}; /* Size of info array */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NOT_USED
|
||||
/**************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Internal message types. */
|
||||
/**************************************************************************/
|
||||
enum MSGTYP {MST_OPEN = 10, /* Code for old connecting message */
|
||||
MST_COMMAND = 11, /* Code for send command message */
|
||||
MST_RESULT = 12, /* Code for get result message */
|
||||
MST_CLOSE = 13, /* Code for disconnecting message */
|
||||
MST_PROGRESS = 14, /* Code for progress message */
|
||||
MST_CANCEL = 15, /* Code for cancel message */
|
||||
MST_PROCESSED = 16, /* Code for already processed msg */
|
||||
MST_ERROR = 17, /* Code for get error message */
|
||||
MST_CHAR = 18, /* Code for get char value message */
|
||||
MST_LONG = 19, /* Code for get int value message */
|
||||
MST_COLUMN = 20, /* Code for get col value message */
|
||||
MST_MESSAGE = 21, /* Code for get message message */
|
||||
MST_HEADER = 22, /* Code for get header message */
|
||||
MST_SOCKET = 23, /* Code for socket error message */
|
||||
MST_SHUTDOWN = 24, /* Code for shutdown message */
|
||||
MST_SOCKPROG = 25, /* Code for socket progress message */
|
||||
MST_POST = 26, /* Code for post command message */
|
||||
MST_NEW_OPEN = 27, /* Code for new connecting message */
|
||||
MST_PROG_NUM = 5}; /* Num of integers in progress msg */
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Vendors. */
|
||||
/**************************************************************************/
|
||||
enum VENDOR {VDR_UNKNOWN = -2, /* Not known or not connected */
|
||||
VDR_PlugDB = -1, /* PlugDB */
|
||||
VDR_OTHER = 0}; /* OEM */
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Attribute keys of Result Description structure (arranged by type). */
|
||||
/**************************************************************************/
|
||||
enum CKEYS {K_ProgMsg, K_Lang, K_ActiveDB, K_Cmax};
|
||||
enum LKEYS {K_NBcol, K_NBlin, K_CurPos, K_RC, K_Result, K_Elapsed,
|
||||
K_Continued, K_Maxsize, K_Affrows, K_Lmax, K_Maxcol,
|
||||
K_Maxres, K_Maxlin, K_NBparm};
|
||||
enum NKEYS {K_Type, K_Length, K_Prec, K_DataLen, K_Unsigned, K_Nmax};
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Result description structures. */
|
||||
/**************************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _MsgTagAttr {
|
||||
bool fSupplied;
|
||||
char Attr[MAXMESSAGE];
|
||||
} MTAG, *PMTAG;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _CharTagAttr {
|
||||
bool fSupplied;
|
||||
char Attr[MAXDBNAME];
|
||||
} CTAG, *PCTAG;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _LongTagAttr {
|
||||
bool fSupplied;
|
||||
int Attr;
|
||||
} LTAG, *PLTAG;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _ColVar {
|
||||
LTAG Lat[K_Nmax];
|
||||
CTAG Cat;
|
||||
} COLVAR, *LPCOLVAR;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _ResDesc {
|
||||
int Maxcol; /* Max number of columns */
|
||||
int Colnum; /* Number of columns */
|
||||
MTAG Mat; /* Message */
|
||||
CTAG Cat[K_Cmax]; /* Character attributes */
|
||||
LTAG Lat[K_Lmax]; /* Long int attributes */
|
||||
COLVAR Col[1]; /* Column attributes */
|
||||
} RDESC, *PRDESC;
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Exported PlugDB client functions in Plgcnx DLL. */
|
||||
/**************************************************************************/
|
||||
#if !defined(CNXFUNC)
|
||||
#if defined(UNIX) || defined(UNIV_LINUX)
|
||||
#undef __stdcall
|
||||
#define __stdcall
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(NOLIB) /* Dynamic link of plgcnx.dll */
|
||||
#define CNXFUNC(f) (__stdcall *f)
|
||||
#else /* LIB */ /* Static link with plgcnx.lib */
|
||||
#define CNXFUNC(f) __stdcall f
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(CNXKEY)
|
||||
#define CNXKEY uint
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(XTRN)
|
||||
#define XTRN
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#if !defined(NO_FUNC)
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
XTRN int CNXFUNC(PLGConnect) (CNXKEY *, const char *, bool);
|
||||
XTRN int CNXFUNC(PLGSendCommand) (CNXKEY, const char *, void *, int, int *);
|
||||
XTRN int CNXFUNC(PLGGetResult) (CNXKEY, void *, int, int *, bool);
|
||||
XTRN int CNXFUNC(PLGDisconnect) (CNXKEY);
|
||||
XTRN int CNXFUNC(PLGGetErrorMsg) (CNXKEY, char *, int, int *);
|
||||
XTRN bool CNXFUNC(PLGGetCharValue)(CNXKEY, char *, int, int);
|
||||
XTRN bool CNXFUNC(PLGGetIntValue)(CNXKEY, int *, int);
|
||||
XTRN bool CNXFUNC(PLGGetColValue) (CNXKEY, int *, int, int);
|
||||
XTRN bool CNXFUNC(PLGGetMessage) (CNXKEY, char *, int);
|
||||
XTRN bool CNXFUNC(PLGGetHeader) (CNXKEY, char *, int, int, int);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
//#endif /* !NO_FUNC */
|
||||
|
||||
/**************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Convenience function Definitions */
|
||||
/**************************************************************************/
|
||||
#define PLGPostCommand(T,C) PLGSendCommand(T,C,NULL,0,NULL)
|
||||
#if defined(FNCMAC)
|
||||
#define PLGGetProgMsg(T,C,S) PLGGetCharValue(T,C,S,K_ProgMsg)
|
||||
#define PLGGetLangID(T,C,S) PLGGetCharValue(T,C,S,K_Lang)
|
||||
#define PLGGetActiveDB(T,C,S) PLGGetCharValue(T,C,S,K_ActiveDB)
|
||||
#define PLGGetCursorPos(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_CurPos)
|
||||
#define PLGGetResultType(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_Result)
|
||||
#define PLGGetNBcol(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_NBcol)
|
||||
#define PLGGetNBlin(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_NBlin)
|
||||
#define PLGGetRetCode(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_RC)
|
||||
#define PLGGetElapsed(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_Elapsed)
|
||||
#define PLGGetContinued(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_Continued)
|
||||
#define PLGGetMaxSize(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_Maxsize)
|
||||
#define PLGGetLength(T,L,C) PLGGetColValue(T,L,K_Length,C)
|
||||
#define PLGGetDataSize(T,L,C) PLGGetColValue(T,L,K_DataLen,C)
|
||||
#define PLGGetDecimal(T,L,C) PLGGetColValue(T,L,K_Prec,C)
|
||||
#define PLGGetType(T,L,C) PLGGetColValue(T,L,K_Type,C)
|
||||
#endif /* FNCMAC */
|
||||
#endif // NOT_USED
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !_PLGCNX_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- End of Plgcnx.h ---------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -374,18 +374,7 @@ PDBUSER PlgMakeUser(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
} // endif dbuserp
|
||||
|
||||
memset(dbuserp, 0, sizeof(DBUSERBLK));
|
||||
//dbuserp->Act2 = g->Activityp;
|
||||
//#if defined(UNIX)
|
||||
// dbuserp->LineLen = 160;
|
||||
//#else
|
||||
// dbuserp->LineLen = 78;
|
||||
//#endif
|
||||
//dbuserp->Maxres = MAXRES;
|
||||
//dbuserp->Maxlin = MAXLIN;
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
dbuserp->Maxbmp = MAXBMP;
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
//dbuserp->AlgChoice = AMOD_AUTO;
|
||||
dbuserp->UseTemp = TMP_AUTO;
|
||||
dbuserp->Check = CHK_ALL;
|
||||
strcpy(dbuserp->Server, "CONNECT");
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -3,31 +3,6 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include "checklvl.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Struct of variables used by the SQL pre-parsers. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _prepar {
|
||||
struct _prepar *Next;
|
||||
char *Debinp; // Start of input buffer
|
||||
char *Endinp; // End of input buffer
|
||||
char *Pluginp; // Points on current parsing position
|
||||
char *Plugbuf; // Start of output buffer
|
||||
char *Plugptr; // Current output position
|
||||
char *Debchar; // Next/current start of command
|
||||
char *Debselp; // Beginning of selection
|
||||
char *Debline; // Start of current line
|
||||
char *Plugpar[32]; // Parameters
|
||||
int Numparms; // Number of defined parameters
|
||||
int Nprms; // Number of ODBC parameters
|
||||
int Lines; // Line number
|
||||
int Chars; // Index of selection start in line
|
||||
int Endchars; // Index of selection end in line
|
||||
int Frinp, Frbuf; // 0: no, 1: free, 2: delete Debinp/Plugbuf
|
||||
int Outsize; // Size of output buffer
|
||||
FILE *Argfile; // File containing arguments
|
||||
int Addargs; // 1 if arguments are added to the list
|
||||
} PREPAR, *PPREP;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Struct of variables used by the date format pre-parser. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
@@ -49,8 +24,6 @@ typedef struct _datpar {
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
int sqlflex(PPREP pp);
|
||||
int sqpflex(PPREP pp);
|
||||
int fmdflex(PDTP pp);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,444 +1,436 @@
|
||||
/************* RelDef CPP Program Source Code File (.CPP) **************/
|
||||
/* PROGRAM NAME: REFDEF */
|
||||
/* ------------- */
|
||||
/* Version 1.3 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* COPYRIGHT: */
|
||||
/* ---------- */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2004-2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* WHAT THIS PROGRAM DOES: */
|
||||
/* ----------------------- */
|
||||
/* This program are the DB definition related routines. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include relevant MariaDB header file. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "my_global.h"
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32)
|
||||
#include <sqlext.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <dlfcn.h> // dlopen(), dlclose(), dlsym() ...
|
||||
#include "osutil.h"
|
||||
//#include "sqlext.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include application header files */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* global.h is header containing all global declarations. */
|
||||
/* plgdbsem.h is header containing DB application declarations. */
|
||||
/* catalog.h is header containing DB description declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "global.h"
|
||||
#include "plgdbsem.h"
|
||||
#include "mycat.h"
|
||||
#include "reldef.h"
|
||||
#include "colblk.h"
|
||||
#include "filamap.h"
|
||||
#include "filamfix.h"
|
||||
#include "filamvct.h"
|
||||
#if defined(ZIP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#include "filamzip.h"
|
||||
#endif // ZIP_SUPPORT
|
||||
#include "tabdos.h"
|
||||
#include "valblk.h"
|
||||
#include "tabmul.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* External static variables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
//extern "C" char plgini[];
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- Class RELDEF -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* RELDEF Constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
RELDEF::RELDEF(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Next = NULL;
|
||||
To_Cols = NULL;
|
||||
Name = NULL;
|
||||
Database = NULL;
|
||||
Cat = NULL;
|
||||
} // end of RELDEF constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- Class TABDEF -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* TABDEF Constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
TABDEF::TABDEF(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Schema = NULL;
|
||||
Desc = NULL;
|
||||
Catfunc = FNC_NO;
|
||||
Card = 0;
|
||||
Elemt = 0;
|
||||
Sort = 0;
|
||||
Multiple = 0;
|
||||
Degree = 0;
|
||||
Pseudo = 0;
|
||||
Read_Only = false;
|
||||
} // end of TABDEF constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Define: initialize the table definition block from XDB file. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool TABDEF::Define(PGLOBAL g, PCATLG cat, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int poff = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
Name = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, strlen(name) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy(Name, name);
|
||||
Cat = cat;
|
||||
Catfunc = GetFuncID(Cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Catfunc", NULL));
|
||||
Elemt = cat->GetIntCatInfo("Elements", 0);
|
||||
Multiple = cat->GetIntCatInfo("Multiple", 0);
|
||||
Degree = cat->GetIntCatInfo("Degree", 0);
|
||||
Read_Only = cat->GetBoolCatInfo("ReadOnly", false);
|
||||
const char *data_charset_name= cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Data_charset", NULL);
|
||||
m_data_charset= data_charset_name ?
|
||||
get_charset_by_csname(data_charset_name, MY_CS_PRIMARY, 0):
|
||||
NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get The column definitions
|
||||
if ((poff = cat->GetColCatInfo(g, this)) < 0)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Do the definition of AM specific fields
|
||||
return DefineAM(g, am, poff);
|
||||
} // end of Define
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- Class OEMDEF -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetXdef: get the external TABDEF from OEM module. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
PTABDEF OEMDEF::GetXdef(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
typedef PTABDEF (__stdcall *XGETDEF) (PGLOBAL, void *);
|
||||
char c, getname[40] = "Get";
|
||||
PTABDEF xdefp;
|
||||
XGETDEF getdef = NULL;
|
||||
PCATLG cat = Cat;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32)
|
||||
// Is the DLL already loaded?
|
||||
if (!Hdll && !(Hdll = GetModuleHandle(Module)))
|
||||
// No, load the Dll implementing the function
|
||||
if (!(Hdll = LoadLibrary(Module))) {
|
||||
char buf[256];
|
||||
DWORD rc = GetLastError();
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(DLL_LOAD_ERROR), rc, Module);
|
||||
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
|
||||
FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, rc, 0,
|
||||
(LPTSTR)buf, sizeof(buf), NULL);
|
||||
strcat(strcat(g->Message, ": "), buf);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
} // endif hDll
|
||||
|
||||
// The exported name is always in uppercase
|
||||
for (int i = 0; ; i++) {
|
||||
c = Subtype[i];
|
||||
getname[i + 3] = toupper(c);
|
||||
if (!c) break;
|
||||
} // endfor i
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the function returning an instance of the external DEF class
|
||||
if (!(getdef = (XGETDEF)GetProcAddress((HINSTANCE)Hdll, getname))) {
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(PROCADD_ERROR), GetLastError(), getname);
|
||||
FreeLibrary((HMODULE)Hdll);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
} // endif getdef
|
||||
#else // !WIN32
|
||||
const char *error = NULL;
|
||||
// Is the library already loaded?
|
||||
// if (!Hdll && !(Hdll = ???))
|
||||
// Load the desired shared library
|
||||
if (!(Hdll = dlopen(Module, RTLD_LAZY))) {
|
||||
error = dlerror();
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(SHARED_LIB_ERR), Module, SVP(error));
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
} // endif Hdll
|
||||
|
||||
// The exported name is always in uppercase
|
||||
for (int i = 0; ; i++) {
|
||||
c = Subtype[i];
|
||||
getname[i + 3] = toupper(c);
|
||||
if (!c) break;
|
||||
} // endfor i
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the function returning an instance of the external DEF class
|
||||
if (!(getdef = (XGETDEF)dlsym(Hdll, getname))) {
|
||||
error = dlerror();
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(GET_FUNC_ERR), getname, SVP(error));
|
||||
dlclose(Hdll);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
} // endif getdef
|
||||
#endif // !WIN32
|
||||
|
||||
// Just in case the external Get function does not set error messages
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(DEF_ALLOC_ERROR), Subtype);
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the table definition block
|
||||
if (!(xdefp = getdef(g, NULL)))
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Have the external class do its complete definition
|
||||
if (!cat->Cbuf) {
|
||||
// Suballocate a temporary buffer for the entire column section
|
||||
cat->Cblen = cat->GetSizeCatInfo("Colsize", "8K");
|
||||
cat->Cbuf = (char*)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, cat->Cblen);
|
||||
} // endif Cbuf
|
||||
|
||||
// Here "OEM" should be replace by a more useful value
|
||||
if (xdefp->Define(g, cat, Name, "OEM"))
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Ok, return external block
|
||||
return xdefp;
|
||||
} // end of GetXdef
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* DeleteTableFile: Delete an OEM table file if applicable. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool OEMDEF::DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Pxdef)
|
||||
Pxdef = GetXdef(g);
|
||||
|
||||
return (Pxdef) ? Pxdef->DeleteTableFile(g) : true;
|
||||
} // end of DeleteTableFile
|
||||
#endif // 0
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Define: initialize the table definition block from XDB file. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool OEMDEF::DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Module = Cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Module", "");
|
||||
Subtype = Cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Subtype", Module);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!*Module)
|
||||
Module = Subtype;
|
||||
|
||||
Desc = (char*)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, strlen(Module)
|
||||
+ strlen(Subtype) + 3);
|
||||
sprintf(Desc, "%s(%s)", Module, Subtype);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of DefineAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetTable: makes a new Table Description Block. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
PTDB OEMDEF::GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RECFM rfm;
|
||||
PTDBASE tdbp = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// If define block not here yet, get it now
|
||||
if (!Pxdef && !(Pxdef = GetXdef(g)))
|
||||
return NULL; // Error
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Allocate a TDB of the proper type. */
|
||||
/* Column blocks will be allocated only when needed. */
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
if (!(tdbp = (PTDBASE)Pxdef->GetTable(g, mode)))
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
else
|
||||
rfm = tdbp->GetFtype();
|
||||
|
||||
if (rfm == RECFM_NAF)
|
||||
return tdbp;
|
||||
else if (rfm == RECFM_OEM) {
|
||||
if (Multiple)
|
||||
tdbp = new(g) TDBMUL(tdbp); // No block optimization yet
|
||||
|
||||
return tdbp;
|
||||
} // endif OEM
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* The OEM table is based on a file type (currently DOS+ only) */
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
assert (rfm == RECFM_VAR || rfm == RECFM_FIX ||
|
||||
rfm == RECFM_BIN || rfm == RECFM_VCT);
|
||||
|
||||
PTXF txfp = NULL;
|
||||
PDOSDEF defp = (PDOSDEF)Pxdef;
|
||||
bool map = defp->Mapped && mode != MODE_INSERT &&
|
||||
!(PlgGetUser(g)->UseTemp == TMP_FORCE &&
|
||||
(mode == MODE_UPDATE || mode == MODE_DELETE));
|
||||
int cmpr = defp->Compressed;
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Allocate table and file processing class of the proper type. */
|
||||
/* Column blocks will be allocated only when needed. */
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
if (!((PTDBDOS)tdbp)->GetTxfp()) {
|
||||
if (cmpr) {
|
||||
#if defined(ZIP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
if (cmpr == 1)
|
||||
txfp = new(g) ZIPFAM(defp);
|
||||
else {
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
txfp = new(g) ZLBFAM(defp);
|
||||
#else // !BLK_INDX
|
||||
strcpy(g->Message, "Compress 2 not supported yet");
|
||||
#endif // !BLK_INDX
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
} // endelse
|
||||
#else // !ZIP_SUPPORT
|
||||
strcpy(g->Message, "Compress not supported");
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
#endif // !ZIP_SUPPORT
|
||||
} else if (rfm == RECFM_VAR) {
|
||||
if (map)
|
||||
txfp = new(g) MAPFAM(defp);
|
||||
else
|
||||
txfp = new(g) DOSFAM(defp);
|
||||
|
||||
} else if (rfm == RECFM_FIX || rfm == RECFM_BIN) {
|
||||
if (map)
|
||||
txfp = new(g) MPXFAM(defp);
|
||||
else
|
||||
txfp = new(g) FIXFAM(defp);
|
||||
|
||||
} else if (rfm == RECFM_VCT) {
|
||||
assert (Pxdef->GetDefType() == TYPE_AM_VCT);
|
||||
|
||||
if (map)
|
||||
txfp = new(g) VCMFAM((PVCTDEF)defp);
|
||||
else
|
||||
txfp = new(g) VCTFAM((PVCTDEF)defp);
|
||||
|
||||
} // endif's
|
||||
|
||||
((PTDBDOS)tdbp)->SetTxfp(txfp);
|
||||
} // endif Txfp
|
||||
|
||||
if (Multiple)
|
||||
tdbp = new(g) TDBMUL(tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
return tdbp;
|
||||
} // end of GetTable
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- Class COLCRT -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* COLCRT Constructors. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
COLCRT::COLCRT(PSZ name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Next = NULL;
|
||||
Name = name;
|
||||
Desc = NULL;
|
||||
Decode = NULL;
|
||||
Fmt = NULL;
|
||||
Offset = -1;
|
||||
Long = -1;
|
||||
Precision = -1;
|
||||
Freq = -1;
|
||||
Key = -1;
|
||||
Scale = -1;
|
||||
Opt = -1;
|
||||
DataType = '*';
|
||||
} // end of COLCRT constructor for table creation
|
||||
|
||||
COLCRT::COLCRT(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Next = NULL;
|
||||
Name = NULL;
|
||||
Desc = NULL;
|
||||
Decode = NULL;
|
||||
Fmt = NULL;
|
||||
Offset = 0;
|
||||
Long = 0;
|
||||
Precision = 0;
|
||||
Freq = 0;
|
||||
Key = 0;
|
||||
Scale = 0;
|
||||
Opt = 0;
|
||||
DataType = '*';
|
||||
} // end of COLCRT constructor for table & view definition
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- Class COLDEF -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* COLDEF Constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
COLDEF::COLDEF(void) : COLCRT()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
To_Min = NULL;
|
||||
To_Max = NULL;
|
||||
To_Pos = NULL;
|
||||
Xdb2 = FALSE;
|
||||
To_Bmap = NULL;
|
||||
To_Dval = NULL;
|
||||
Ndv = 0;
|
||||
Nbm = 0;
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_ERROR;
|
||||
Clen = 0;
|
||||
Poff = 0;
|
||||
memset(&F, 0, sizeof(FORMAT));
|
||||
Flags = 0;
|
||||
} // end of COLDEF constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Define: initialize a column definition from a COLINFO structure. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
int COLDEF::Define(PGLOBAL g, void *memp, PCOLINFO cfp, int poff)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Name = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Name) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy(Name, cfp->Name);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(cfp->Flags & U_SPECIAL)) {
|
||||
Poff = poff;
|
||||
Buf_Type = cfp->Type;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((Clen = GetTypeSize(Buf_Type, cfp->Length)) <= 0) {
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(BAD_COL_TYPE), GetTypeName(Buf_Type), Name);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
} // endswitch
|
||||
|
||||
strcpy(F.Type, GetFormatType(Buf_Type));
|
||||
F.Length = cfp->Length;
|
||||
F.Prec = cfp->Scale;
|
||||
Offset = (cfp->Offset < 0) ? poff : cfp->Offset;
|
||||
Precision = cfp->Precision;
|
||||
Scale = cfp->Scale;
|
||||
Long = cfp->Length;
|
||||
Opt = cfp->Opt;
|
||||
Key = cfp->Key;
|
||||
Freq = cfp->Freq;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cfp->Remark && *cfp->Remark) {
|
||||
Desc = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Remark) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy(Desc, cfp->Remark);
|
||||
} // endif Remark
|
||||
|
||||
if (cfp->Datefmt) {
|
||||
Decode = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Datefmt) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy(Decode, cfp->Datefmt);
|
||||
} // endif Datefmt
|
||||
|
||||
} // endif special
|
||||
|
||||
if (cfp->Fieldfmt) {
|
||||
Fmt = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Fieldfmt) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy(Fmt, cfp->Fieldfmt);
|
||||
} // endif Fieldfmt
|
||||
|
||||
Flags = cfp->Flags;
|
||||
return (Flags & (U_VIRTUAL|U_SPECIAL)) ? 0 : Long;
|
||||
} // end of Define
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- End of RelDef --------------------------- */
|
||||
/************* RelDef CPP Program Source Code File (.CPP) **************/
|
||||
/* PROGRAM NAME: REFDEF */
|
||||
/* ------------- */
|
||||
/* Version 1.4 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* COPYRIGHT: */
|
||||
/* ---------- */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2004-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* WHAT THIS PROGRAM DOES: */
|
||||
/* ----------------------- */
|
||||
/* This program are the DB definition related routines. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include relevant MariaDB header file. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "my_global.h"
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32)
|
||||
#include <sqlext.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <dlfcn.h> // dlopen(), dlclose(), dlsym() ...
|
||||
#include "osutil.h"
|
||||
//#include "sqlext.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include application header files */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* global.h is header containing all global declarations. */
|
||||
/* plgdbsem.h is header containing DB application declarations. */
|
||||
/* catalog.h is header containing DB description declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "global.h"
|
||||
#include "plgdbsem.h"
|
||||
#include "mycat.h"
|
||||
#include "reldef.h"
|
||||
#include "colblk.h"
|
||||
#include "filamap.h"
|
||||
#include "filamfix.h"
|
||||
#include "filamvct.h"
|
||||
#if defined(ZIP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#include "filamzip.h"
|
||||
#endif // ZIP_SUPPORT
|
||||
#include "tabdos.h"
|
||||
#include "valblk.h"
|
||||
#include "tabmul.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* External static variables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
//extern "C" char plgini[];
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- Class RELDEF -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* RELDEF Constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
RELDEF::RELDEF(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Next = NULL;
|
||||
To_Cols = NULL;
|
||||
Name = NULL;
|
||||
Database = NULL;
|
||||
Cat = NULL;
|
||||
} // end of RELDEF constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- Class TABDEF -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* TABDEF Constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
TABDEF::TABDEF(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Schema = NULL;
|
||||
Desc = NULL;
|
||||
Catfunc = FNC_NO;
|
||||
Card = 0;
|
||||
Elemt = 0;
|
||||
Sort = 0;
|
||||
Multiple = 0;
|
||||
Degree = 0;
|
||||
Pseudo = 0;
|
||||
Read_Only = false;
|
||||
} // end of TABDEF constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Define: initialize the table definition block from XDB file. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool TABDEF::Define(PGLOBAL g, PCATLG cat, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int poff = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
Name = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, strlen(name) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy(Name, name);
|
||||
Cat = cat;
|
||||
Catfunc = GetFuncID(Cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Catfunc", NULL));
|
||||
Elemt = cat->GetIntCatInfo("Elements", 0);
|
||||
Multiple = cat->GetIntCatInfo("Multiple", 0);
|
||||
Degree = cat->GetIntCatInfo("Degree", 0);
|
||||
Read_Only = cat->GetBoolCatInfo("ReadOnly", false);
|
||||
const char *data_charset_name= cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Data_charset", NULL);
|
||||
m_data_charset= data_charset_name ?
|
||||
get_charset_by_csname(data_charset_name, MY_CS_PRIMARY, 0):
|
||||
NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get The column definitions
|
||||
if ((poff = cat->GetColCatInfo(g, this)) < 0)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Do the definition of AM specific fields
|
||||
return DefineAM(g, am, poff);
|
||||
} // end of Define
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- Class OEMDEF -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetXdef: get the external TABDEF from OEM module. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
PTABDEF OEMDEF::GetXdef(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
typedef PTABDEF (__stdcall *XGETDEF) (PGLOBAL, void *);
|
||||
char c, getname[40] = "Get";
|
||||
PTABDEF xdefp;
|
||||
XGETDEF getdef = NULL;
|
||||
PCATLG cat = Cat;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32)
|
||||
// Is the DLL already loaded?
|
||||
if (!Hdll && !(Hdll = GetModuleHandle(Module)))
|
||||
// No, load the Dll implementing the function
|
||||
if (!(Hdll = LoadLibrary(Module))) {
|
||||
char buf[256];
|
||||
DWORD rc = GetLastError();
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(DLL_LOAD_ERROR), rc, Module);
|
||||
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
|
||||
FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, rc, 0,
|
||||
(LPTSTR)buf, sizeof(buf), NULL);
|
||||
strcat(strcat(g->Message, ": "), buf);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
} // endif hDll
|
||||
|
||||
// The exported name is always in uppercase
|
||||
for (int i = 0; ; i++) {
|
||||
c = Subtype[i];
|
||||
getname[i + 3] = toupper(c);
|
||||
if (!c) break;
|
||||
} // endfor i
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the function returning an instance of the external DEF class
|
||||
if (!(getdef = (XGETDEF)GetProcAddress((HINSTANCE)Hdll, getname))) {
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(PROCADD_ERROR), GetLastError(), getname);
|
||||
FreeLibrary((HMODULE)Hdll);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
} // endif getdef
|
||||
#else // !WIN32
|
||||
const char *error = NULL;
|
||||
// Is the library already loaded?
|
||||
// if (!Hdll && !(Hdll = ???))
|
||||
// Load the desired shared library
|
||||
if (!(Hdll = dlopen(Module, RTLD_LAZY))) {
|
||||
error = dlerror();
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(SHARED_LIB_ERR), Module, SVP(error));
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
} // endif Hdll
|
||||
|
||||
// The exported name is always in uppercase
|
||||
for (int i = 0; ; i++) {
|
||||
c = Subtype[i];
|
||||
getname[i + 3] = toupper(c);
|
||||
if (!c) break;
|
||||
} // endfor i
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the function returning an instance of the external DEF class
|
||||
if (!(getdef = (XGETDEF)dlsym(Hdll, getname))) {
|
||||
error = dlerror();
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(GET_FUNC_ERR), getname, SVP(error));
|
||||
dlclose(Hdll);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
} // endif getdef
|
||||
#endif // !WIN32
|
||||
|
||||
// Just in case the external Get function does not set error messages
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(DEF_ALLOC_ERROR), Subtype);
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the table definition block
|
||||
if (!(xdefp = getdef(g, NULL)))
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Have the external class do its complete definition
|
||||
if (!cat->Cbuf) {
|
||||
// Suballocate a temporary buffer for the entire column section
|
||||
cat->Cblen = cat->GetSizeCatInfo("Colsize", "8K");
|
||||
cat->Cbuf = (char*)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, cat->Cblen);
|
||||
} // endif Cbuf
|
||||
|
||||
// Here "OEM" should be replace by a more useful value
|
||||
if (xdefp->Define(g, cat, Name, "OEM"))
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Ok, return external block
|
||||
return xdefp;
|
||||
} // end of GetXdef
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* DeleteTableFile: Delete an OEM table file if applicable. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool OEMDEF::DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Pxdef)
|
||||
Pxdef = GetXdef(g);
|
||||
|
||||
return (Pxdef) ? Pxdef->DeleteTableFile(g) : true;
|
||||
} // end of DeleteTableFile
|
||||
#endif // 0
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Define: initialize the table definition block from XDB file. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool OEMDEF::DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Module = Cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Module", "");
|
||||
Subtype = Cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Subtype", Module);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!*Module)
|
||||
Module = Subtype;
|
||||
|
||||
Desc = (char*)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, strlen(Module)
|
||||
+ strlen(Subtype) + 3);
|
||||
sprintf(Desc, "%s(%s)", Module, Subtype);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of DefineAM
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetTable: makes a new Table Description Block. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
PTDB OEMDEF::GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RECFM rfm;
|
||||
PTDBASE tdbp = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// If define block not here yet, get it now
|
||||
if (!Pxdef && !(Pxdef = GetXdef(g)))
|
||||
return NULL; // Error
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Allocate a TDB of the proper type. */
|
||||
/* Column blocks will be allocated only when needed. */
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
if (!(tdbp = (PTDBASE)Pxdef->GetTable(g, mode)))
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
else
|
||||
rfm = tdbp->GetFtype();
|
||||
|
||||
if (rfm == RECFM_NAF)
|
||||
return tdbp;
|
||||
else if (rfm == RECFM_OEM) {
|
||||
if (Multiple)
|
||||
tdbp = new(g) TDBMUL(tdbp); // No block optimization yet
|
||||
|
||||
return tdbp;
|
||||
} // endif OEM
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* The OEM table is based on a file type (currently DOS+ only) */
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
assert (rfm == RECFM_VAR || rfm == RECFM_FIX ||
|
||||
rfm == RECFM_BIN || rfm == RECFM_VCT);
|
||||
|
||||
PTXF txfp = NULL;
|
||||
PDOSDEF defp = (PDOSDEF)Pxdef;
|
||||
bool map = defp->Mapped && mode != MODE_INSERT &&
|
||||
!(PlgGetUser(g)->UseTemp == TMP_FORCE &&
|
||||
(mode == MODE_UPDATE || mode == MODE_DELETE));
|
||||
int cmpr = defp->Compressed;
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Allocate table and file processing class of the proper type. */
|
||||
/* Column blocks will be allocated only when needed. */
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
if (!((PTDBDOS)tdbp)->GetTxfp()) {
|
||||
if (cmpr) {
|
||||
#if defined(ZIP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
if (cmpr == 1)
|
||||
txfp = new(g) ZIPFAM(defp);
|
||||
else
|
||||
txfp = new(g) ZLBFAM(defp);
|
||||
#else // !ZIP_SUPPORT
|
||||
strcpy(g->Message, "Compress not supported");
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
#endif // !ZIP_SUPPORT
|
||||
} else if (rfm == RECFM_VAR) {
|
||||
if (map)
|
||||
txfp = new(g) MAPFAM(defp);
|
||||
else
|
||||
txfp = new(g) DOSFAM(defp);
|
||||
|
||||
} else if (rfm == RECFM_FIX || rfm == RECFM_BIN) {
|
||||
if (map)
|
||||
txfp = new(g) MPXFAM(defp);
|
||||
else
|
||||
txfp = new(g) FIXFAM(defp);
|
||||
|
||||
} else if (rfm == RECFM_VCT) {
|
||||
assert (Pxdef->GetDefType() == TYPE_AM_VCT);
|
||||
|
||||
if (map)
|
||||
txfp = new(g) VCMFAM((PVCTDEF)defp);
|
||||
else
|
||||
txfp = new(g) VCTFAM((PVCTDEF)defp);
|
||||
|
||||
} // endif's
|
||||
|
||||
((PTDBDOS)tdbp)->SetTxfp(txfp);
|
||||
} // endif Txfp
|
||||
|
||||
if (Multiple)
|
||||
tdbp = new(g) TDBMUL(tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
return tdbp;
|
||||
} // end of GetTable
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- Class COLCRT -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* COLCRT Constructors. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
COLCRT::COLCRT(PSZ name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Next = NULL;
|
||||
Name = name;
|
||||
Desc = NULL;
|
||||
Decode = NULL;
|
||||
Fmt = NULL;
|
||||
Offset = -1;
|
||||
Long = -1;
|
||||
Precision = -1;
|
||||
Freq = -1;
|
||||
Key = -1;
|
||||
Scale = -1;
|
||||
Opt = -1;
|
||||
DataType = '*';
|
||||
} // end of COLCRT constructor for table creation
|
||||
|
||||
COLCRT::COLCRT(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Next = NULL;
|
||||
Name = NULL;
|
||||
Desc = NULL;
|
||||
Decode = NULL;
|
||||
Fmt = NULL;
|
||||
Offset = 0;
|
||||
Long = 0;
|
||||
Precision = 0;
|
||||
Freq = 0;
|
||||
Key = 0;
|
||||
Scale = 0;
|
||||
Opt = 0;
|
||||
DataType = '*';
|
||||
} // end of COLCRT constructor for table & view definition
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- Class COLDEF -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* COLDEF Constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
COLDEF::COLDEF(void) : COLCRT()
|
||||
{
|
||||
To_Min = NULL;
|
||||
To_Max = NULL;
|
||||
To_Pos = NULL;
|
||||
Xdb2 = FALSE;
|
||||
To_Bmap = NULL;
|
||||
To_Dval = NULL;
|
||||
Ndv = 0;
|
||||
Nbm = 0;
|
||||
Buf_Type = TYPE_ERROR;
|
||||
Clen = 0;
|
||||
Poff = 0;
|
||||
memset(&F, 0, sizeof(FORMAT));
|
||||
Flags = 0;
|
||||
} // end of COLDEF constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Define: initialize a column definition from a COLINFO structure. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
int COLDEF::Define(PGLOBAL g, void *memp, PCOLINFO cfp, int poff)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Name = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Name) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy(Name, cfp->Name);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(cfp->Flags & U_SPECIAL)) {
|
||||
Poff = poff;
|
||||
Buf_Type = cfp->Type;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((Clen = GetTypeSize(Buf_Type, cfp->Length)) <= 0) {
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(BAD_COL_TYPE), GetTypeName(Buf_Type), Name);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
} // endswitch
|
||||
|
||||
strcpy(F.Type, GetFormatType(Buf_Type));
|
||||
F.Length = cfp->Length;
|
||||
F.Prec = cfp->Scale;
|
||||
Offset = (cfp->Offset < 0) ? poff : cfp->Offset;
|
||||
Precision = cfp->Precision;
|
||||
Scale = cfp->Scale;
|
||||
Long = cfp->Length;
|
||||
Opt = cfp->Opt;
|
||||
Key = cfp->Key;
|
||||
Freq = cfp->Freq;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cfp->Remark && *cfp->Remark) {
|
||||
Desc = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Remark) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy(Desc, cfp->Remark);
|
||||
} // endif Remark
|
||||
|
||||
if (cfp->Datefmt) {
|
||||
Decode = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Datefmt) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy(Decode, cfp->Datefmt);
|
||||
} // endif Datefmt
|
||||
|
||||
} // endif special
|
||||
|
||||
if (cfp->Fieldfmt) {
|
||||
Fmt = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Fieldfmt) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy(Fmt, cfp->Fieldfmt);
|
||||
} // endif Fieldfmt
|
||||
|
||||
Flags = cfp->Flags;
|
||||
return (Flags & (U_VIRTUAL|U_SPECIAL)) ? 0 : Long;
|
||||
} // end of Define
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- End of RelDef --------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,231 +1,225 @@
|
||||
/*************** RelDef H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: RELDEF.H Version 1.3 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2004-2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the DEF classes definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __RELDEF_H
|
||||
#define __RELDEF_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
#include "catalog.h"
|
||||
#include "my_sys.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class INDEXDEF *PIXDEF;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Table or View (relation) definition block. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport RELDEF : public BLOCK { // Relation definition block
|
||||
friend class CATALOG;
|
||||
friend class PLUGCAT;
|
||||
friend class MYCAT;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
RELDEF(void); // Constructor
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
PRELDEF GetNext(void) {return Next;}
|
||||
PSZ GetName(void) {return Name;}
|
||||
PSZ GetDB(void) {return (PSZ)Database;}
|
||||
PCOLDEF GetCols(void) {return To_Cols;}
|
||||
void SetCols(PCOLDEF pcd) {To_Cols = pcd;}
|
||||
PCATLG GetCat(void) {return Cat;}
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) = 0;
|
||||
void SetName(const char *str) { Name=(char*)str; }
|
||||
void SetCat(PCATLG cat) { Cat=cat; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
//virtual bool DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual bool Indexable(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool Define(PGLOBAL g, PCATLG cat, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am) = 0;
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
PRELDEF Next; /* To next definition block */
|
||||
PSZ Name; /* Name of the view */
|
||||
LPCSTR Database; /* Table database */
|
||||
PCOLDEF To_Cols; /* To a list of column desc */
|
||||
PCATLG Cat; /* To DB catalog info */
|
||||
}; // end of RELDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* These classes correspond to the data base description contained in */
|
||||
/* a .XDB file the A.M. DOS, FIX, CSV, MAP, BIN, VCT, PLG, ODBC, DOM. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TABDEF : public RELDEF { /* Logical table descriptor */
|
||||
friend class CATALOG;
|
||||
friend class PLUGCAT;
|
||||
friend class MYCAT;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TABDEF(void); // Constructor
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
int GetDegree(void) {return Degree;}
|
||||
void SetDegree(int d) {Degree = d;}
|
||||
int GetElemt(void) {return Elemt;}
|
||||
void SetNext(PTABDEF tdfp) {Next = tdfp;}
|
||||
int GetMultiple(void) {return Multiple;}
|
||||
int GetPseudo(void) {return Pseudo;}
|
||||
PSZ GetPath(void)
|
||||
{return (Database) ? (PSZ)Database : Cat->GetDataPath();}
|
||||
bool SepIndex(void) {return Cat->GetBoolCatInfo("SepIndex", false);}
|
||||
bool IsReadOnly(void) {return Read_Only;}
|
||||
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TAB;}
|
||||
virtual PIXDEF GetIndx(void) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual void SetIndx(PIXDEF xp) {}
|
||||
virtual bool IsHuge(void) {return false;}
|
||||
const CHARSET_INFO *data_charset() {return m_data_charset;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
bool DropTable(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name);
|
||||
virtual bool Define(PGLOBAL g, PCATLG cat, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am);
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL, LPCSTR, int) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ Schema; /* Table schema (for ODBC) */
|
||||
PSZ Desc; /* Table description */
|
||||
uint Catfunc; /* Catalog function ID */
|
||||
int Card; /* (max) number of rows in table */
|
||||
int Elemt; /* Number of rows in blocks or rowset */
|
||||
int Sort; /* Table already sorted ??? */
|
||||
int Multiple; /* 0: No 1: DIR 2: Section 3: filelist */
|
||||
int Degree; /* Number of columns in the table */
|
||||
int Pseudo; /* Bit: 1 ROWID Ok, 2 FILEID Ok */
|
||||
bool Read_Only; /* true for read only tables */
|
||||
const CHARSET_INFO *m_data_charset;
|
||||
}; // end of TABDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Externally defined OEM tables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport OEMDEF : public TABDEF { /* OEM table */
|
||||
friend class CATALOG;
|
||||
friend class PLUGCAT;
|
||||
friend class MYCAT;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
OEMDEF(void) {Hdll = NULL; Pxdef = NULL; Module = Subtype = NULL;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "OEM";}
|
||||
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) {return TYPE_AM_OEM;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
//virtual bool DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
PTABDEF GetXdef(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32)
|
||||
HANDLE Hdll; /* Handle to the external DLL */
|
||||
#else // !WIN32
|
||||
void *Hdll; /* Handle for the loaded shared library */
|
||||
#endif // !WIN32
|
||||
PTABDEF Pxdef; /* Pointer to the external TABDEF class */
|
||||
char *Module; /* Path/Name of the DLL implenting it */
|
||||
char *Subtype; /* The name of the OEM table sub type */
|
||||
}; // end of OEMDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Column definition block used during creation. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport COLCRT : public BLOCK { /* Column description block */
|
||||
friend class TABDEF;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
COLCRT(PSZ name); // Constructor
|
||||
COLCRT(void); // Constructor (for views)
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
PSZ GetName(void) {return Name;}
|
||||
PSZ GetDecode(void) {return Decode;}
|
||||
PSZ GetFmt(void) {return Fmt;}
|
||||
int GetOpt(void) {return Opt;}
|
||||
int GetFreq(void) {return Freq;}
|
||||
int GetLong(void) {return Long;}
|
||||
int GetPrecision(void) {return Precision;}
|
||||
int GetOffset(void) {return Offset;}
|
||||
void SetOffset(int offset) {Offset = offset;}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
PCOLCRT Next; /* To next block */
|
||||
PSZ Name; /* Column name */
|
||||
PSZ Desc; /* Column description */
|
||||
PSZ Decode; /* Date format */
|
||||
PSZ Fmt; /* Input format for formatted files */
|
||||
int Offset; /* Offset of field within record */
|
||||
int Long; /* Length of field in file record (!BIN) */
|
||||
int Key; /* Key (greater than 1 if multiple) */
|
||||
int Precision; /* Logical column length */
|
||||
int Scale; /* Decimals for float/decimal values */
|
||||
int Opt; /* 0:Not 1:clustered 2:sorted-asc 3:desc */
|
||||
int Freq; /* Estimated number of different values */
|
||||
char DataType; /* Internal data type (C, N, F, T) */
|
||||
}; // end of COLCRT
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Column definition block. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport COLDEF : public COLCRT { /* Column description block */
|
||||
friend class CATALOG;
|
||||
friend class PLUGCAT;
|
||||
friend class MYCAT;
|
||||
friend class COLBLK;
|
||||
friend class DBFFAM;
|
||||
friend class TDBASE;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
COLDEF(void); // Constructor
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
PCOLDEF GetNext(void) {return (PCOLDEF)Next;}
|
||||
void SetNext(PCOLDEF pcdf) {Next = pcdf;}
|
||||
int GetLength(void) {return (int)F.Length;}
|
||||
int GetClen(void) {return Clen;}
|
||||
int GetType(void) {return Buf_Type;}
|
||||
int GetPoff(void) {return Poff;}
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
void *GetMin(void) {return To_Min;}
|
||||
void SetMin(void *minp) {To_Min = minp;}
|
||||
void *GetMax(void) {return To_Max;}
|
||||
void SetMax(void *maxp) {To_Max = maxp;}
|
||||
bool GetXdb2(void) {return Xdb2;}
|
||||
void SetXdb2(bool b) {Xdb2 = b;}
|
||||
void *GetBmap(void) {return To_Bmap;}
|
||||
void SetBmap(void *bmp) {To_Bmap = bmp;}
|
||||
void *GetDval(void) {return To_Dval;}
|
||||
void SetDval(void *dvp) {To_Dval = dvp;}
|
||||
int GetNdv(void) {return Ndv;}
|
||||
void SetNdv(int ndv) {Ndv = ndv;}
|
||||
int GetNbm(void) {return Nbm;}
|
||||
void SetNbm(int nbm) {Nbm = nbm;}
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
int Define(PGLOBAL g, void *memp, PCOLINFO cfp, int poff);
|
||||
void Define(PGLOBAL g, PCOL colp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
void *To_Min; /* Point to array of block min values */
|
||||
void *To_Max; /* Point to array of block max values */
|
||||
int *To_Pos; /* Point to array of block positions */
|
||||
bool Xdb2; /* TRUE if to be optimized by XDB2 */
|
||||
void *To_Bmap; /* To array of block bitmap values */
|
||||
void *To_Dval; /* To array of column distinct values */
|
||||
int Ndv; /* Number of distinct values */
|
||||
int Nbm; /* Number of ULONG in bitmap (XDB2) */
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
int Buf_Type; /* Internal data type */
|
||||
int Clen; /* Internal data size in chars (bytes) */
|
||||
int Poff; /* Calculated offset for Packed tables */
|
||||
FORMAT F; /* Output format (should be in COLCRT) */
|
||||
ushort Flags; /* Used by MariaDB CONNECT handler */
|
||||
}; // end of COLDEF
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __RELDEF_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*************** RelDef H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: RELDEF.H Version 1.4 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2004-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the DEF classes definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __RELDEF_H
|
||||
#define __RELDEF_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
#include "catalog.h"
|
||||
#include "my_sys.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class INDEXDEF *PIXDEF;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Table or View (relation) definition block. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport RELDEF : public BLOCK { // Relation definition block
|
||||
friend class CATALOG;
|
||||
friend class PLUGCAT;
|
||||
friend class MYCAT;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
RELDEF(void); // Constructor
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
PRELDEF GetNext(void) {return Next;}
|
||||
PSZ GetName(void) {return Name;}
|
||||
PSZ GetDB(void) {return (PSZ)Database;}
|
||||
PCOLDEF GetCols(void) {return To_Cols;}
|
||||
void SetCols(PCOLDEF pcd) {To_Cols = pcd;}
|
||||
PCATLG GetCat(void) {return Cat;}
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) = 0;
|
||||
void SetName(const char *str) { Name=(char*)str; }
|
||||
void SetCat(PCATLG cat) { Cat=cat; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool Indexable(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool Define(PGLOBAL g, PCATLG cat, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am) = 0;
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
PRELDEF Next; /* To next definition block */
|
||||
PSZ Name; /* Name of the view */
|
||||
LPCSTR Database; /* Table database */
|
||||
PCOLDEF To_Cols; /* To a list of column desc */
|
||||
PCATLG Cat; /* To DB catalog info */
|
||||
}; // end of RELDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* These classes correspond to the data base description contained in */
|
||||
/* a .XDB file the A.M. DOS, FIX, CSV, MAP, BIN, VCT, PLG, ODBC, DOM. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TABDEF : public RELDEF { /* Logical table descriptor */
|
||||
friend class CATALOG;
|
||||
friend class PLUGCAT;
|
||||
friend class MYCAT;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TABDEF(void); // Constructor
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
int GetDegree(void) {return Degree;}
|
||||
void SetDegree(int d) {Degree = d;}
|
||||
int GetElemt(void) {return Elemt;}
|
||||
void SetNext(PTABDEF tdfp) {Next = tdfp;}
|
||||
int GetMultiple(void) {return Multiple;}
|
||||
int GetPseudo(void) {return Pseudo;}
|
||||
PSZ GetPath(void)
|
||||
{return (Database) ? (PSZ)Database : Cat->GetDataPath();}
|
||||
bool SepIndex(void) {return Cat->GetBoolCatInfo("SepIndex", false);}
|
||||
bool IsReadOnly(void) {return Read_Only;}
|
||||
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TAB;}
|
||||
virtual PIXDEF GetIndx(void) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual void SetIndx(PIXDEF xp) {}
|
||||
virtual bool IsHuge(void) {return false;}
|
||||
const CHARSET_INFO *data_charset() {return m_data_charset;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
bool DropTable(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name);
|
||||
virtual bool Define(PGLOBAL g, PCATLG cat, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am);
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL, LPCSTR, int) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ Schema; /* Table schema (for ODBC) */
|
||||
PSZ Desc; /* Table description */
|
||||
uint Catfunc; /* Catalog function ID */
|
||||
int Card; /* (max) number of rows in table */
|
||||
int Elemt; /* Number of rows in blocks or rowset */
|
||||
int Sort; /* Table already sorted ??? */
|
||||
int Multiple; /* 0: No 1: DIR 2: Section 3: filelist */
|
||||
int Degree; /* Number of columns in the table */
|
||||
int Pseudo; /* Bit: 1 ROWID Ok, 2 FILEID Ok */
|
||||
bool Read_Only; /* true for read only tables */
|
||||
const CHARSET_INFO *m_data_charset;
|
||||
}; // end of TABDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Externally defined OEM tables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport OEMDEF : public TABDEF { /* OEM table */
|
||||
friend class CATALOG;
|
||||
friend class PLUGCAT;
|
||||
friend class MYCAT;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
OEMDEF(void) {Hdll = NULL; Pxdef = NULL; Module = Subtype = NULL;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "OEM";}
|
||||
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) {return TYPE_AM_OEM;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
PTABDEF GetXdef(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32)
|
||||
HANDLE Hdll; /* Handle to the external DLL */
|
||||
#else // !WIN32
|
||||
void *Hdll; /* Handle for the loaded shared library */
|
||||
#endif // !WIN32
|
||||
PTABDEF Pxdef; /* Pointer to the external TABDEF class */
|
||||
char *Module; /* Path/Name of the DLL implenting it */
|
||||
char *Subtype; /* The name of the OEM table sub type */
|
||||
}; // end of OEMDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Column definition block used during creation. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport COLCRT : public BLOCK { /* Column description block */
|
||||
friend class TABDEF;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
COLCRT(PSZ name); // Constructor
|
||||
COLCRT(void); // Constructor (for views)
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
PSZ GetName(void) {return Name;}
|
||||
PSZ GetDecode(void) {return Decode;}
|
||||
PSZ GetFmt(void) {return Fmt;}
|
||||
int GetOpt(void) {return Opt;}
|
||||
int GetFreq(void) {return Freq;}
|
||||
int GetLong(void) {return Long;}
|
||||
int GetPrecision(void) {return Precision;}
|
||||
int GetOffset(void) {return Offset;}
|
||||
void SetOffset(int offset) {Offset = offset;}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
PCOLCRT Next; /* To next block */
|
||||
PSZ Name; /* Column name */
|
||||
PSZ Desc; /* Column description */
|
||||
PSZ Decode; /* Date format */
|
||||
PSZ Fmt; /* Input format for formatted files */
|
||||
int Offset; /* Offset of field within record */
|
||||
int Long; /* Length of field in file record (!BIN) */
|
||||
int Key; /* Key (greater than 1 if multiple) */
|
||||
int Precision; /* Logical column length */
|
||||
int Scale; /* Decimals for float/decimal values */
|
||||
int Opt; /* 0:Not 1:clustered 2:sorted-asc 3:desc */
|
||||
int Freq; /* Estimated number of different values */
|
||||
char DataType; /* Internal data type (C, N, F, T) */
|
||||
}; // end of COLCRT
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Column definition block. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport COLDEF : public COLCRT { /* Column description block */
|
||||
friend class CATALOG;
|
||||
friend class PLUGCAT;
|
||||
friend class MYCAT;
|
||||
friend class COLBLK;
|
||||
friend class DBFFAM;
|
||||
friend class TDBASE;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
COLDEF(void); // Constructor
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
PCOLDEF GetNext(void) {return (PCOLDEF)Next;}
|
||||
void SetNext(PCOLDEF pcdf) {Next = pcdf;}
|
||||
int GetLength(void) {return (int)F.Length;}
|
||||
int GetClen(void) {return Clen;}
|
||||
int GetType(void) {return Buf_Type;}
|
||||
int GetPoff(void) {return Poff;}
|
||||
void *GetMin(void) {return To_Min;}
|
||||
void SetMin(void *minp) {To_Min = minp;}
|
||||
void *GetMax(void) {return To_Max;}
|
||||
void SetMax(void *maxp) {To_Max = maxp;}
|
||||
bool GetXdb2(void) {return Xdb2;}
|
||||
void SetXdb2(bool b) {Xdb2 = b;}
|
||||
void *GetBmap(void) {return To_Bmap;}
|
||||
void SetBmap(void *bmp) {To_Bmap = bmp;}
|
||||
void *GetDval(void) {return To_Dval;}
|
||||
void SetDval(void *dvp) {To_Dval = dvp;}
|
||||
int GetNdv(void) {return Ndv;}
|
||||
void SetNdv(int ndv) {Ndv = ndv;}
|
||||
int GetNbm(void) {return Nbm;}
|
||||
void SetNbm(int nbm) {Nbm = nbm;}
|
||||
int Define(PGLOBAL g, void *memp, PCOLINFO cfp, int poff);
|
||||
void Define(PGLOBAL g, PCOL colp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void *To_Min; /* Point to array of block min values */
|
||||
void *To_Max; /* Point to array of block max values */
|
||||
int *To_Pos; /* Point to array of block positions */
|
||||
bool Xdb2; /* TRUE if to be optimized by XDB2 */
|
||||
void *To_Bmap; /* To array of block bitmap values */
|
||||
void *To_Dval; /* To array of column distinct values */
|
||||
int Ndv; /* Number of distinct values */
|
||||
int Nbm; /* Number of ULONG in bitmap (XDB2) */
|
||||
int Buf_Type; /* Internal data type */
|
||||
int Clen; /* Internal data size in chars (bytes) */
|
||||
int Poff; /* Calculated offset for Packed tables */
|
||||
FORMAT F; /* Output format (should be in COLCRT) */
|
||||
ushort Flags; /* Used by MariaDB CONNECT handler */
|
||||
}; // end of COLDEF
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __RELDEF_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -85,8 +85,6 @@ class DllExport COLUMN: public XOBJECT { // Column Name/Qualifier block.
|
||||
virtual bool Compare(PXOB) {assert(false); return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
|
||||
virtual bool Eval(PGLOBAL) {assert(false); return true;}
|
||||
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB, int) {assert(false); return 2;}
|
||||
virtual bool CheckSort(PTDB) {assert(false); return false;}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,286 +1,253 @@
|
||||
/*************** TabDos H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABDOS.H Version 3.3 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1999-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the DOS classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __TABDOS_H
|
||||
#define __TABDOS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "xtable.h" // Table base class declares
|
||||
#include "colblk.h" // Column base class declares
|
||||
#include "xindex.h"
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
#include "filter.h"
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
//pedef struct _tabdesc *PTABD; // For friend setting
|
||||
typedef class TXTFAM *PTXF;
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
typedef class BLOCKFILTER *PBF;
|
||||
typedef class BLOCKINDEX *PBX;
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* DOS table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport DOSDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
|
||||
friend class OEMDEF;
|
||||
friend class TDBDOS;
|
||||
friend class TDBFIX;
|
||||
friend class TXTFAM;
|
||||
friend class DBFBASE;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
DOSDEF(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) {return TYPE_AM_DOS;}
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "DOS";}
|
||||
virtual PIXDEF GetIndx(void) {return To_Indx;}
|
||||
virtual void SetIndx(PIXDEF xdp) {To_Indx = xdp;}
|
||||
virtual bool IsHuge(void) {return Huge;}
|
||||
PSZ GetFn(void) {return Fn;}
|
||||
PSZ GetOfn(void) {return Ofn;}
|
||||
void SetBlock(int block) {Block = block;}
|
||||
int GetBlock(void) {return Block;}
|
||||
int GetLast(void) {return Last;}
|
||||
void SetLast(int last) {Last = last;}
|
||||
int GetLrecl(void) {return Lrecl;}
|
||||
void SetLrecl(int lrecl) {Lrecl = lrecl;}
|
||||
bool GetPadded(void) {return Padded;}
|
||||
bool GetEof(void) {return Eof;}
|
||||
int GetBlksize(void) {return Blksize;}
|
||||
int GetEnding(void) {return Ending;}
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
bool IsOptimized(void) {return (Optimized == 1);}
|
||||
void SetOptimized(int opt) {Optimized = opt;}
|
||||
void SetAllocBlks(int blks) {AllocBlks = blks;}
|
||||
int GetAllocBlks(void) {return AllocBlks;}
|
||||
int *GetTo_Pos(void) {return To_Pos;}
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
//virtual bool DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool Indexable(void) {return Compressed != 1;}
|
||||
virtual bool DeleteIndexFile(PGLOBAL g, PIXDEF pxdf);
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
|
||||
bool InvalidateIndex(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
bool GetOptFileName(PGLOBAL g, char *filename);
|
||||
void RemoveOptValues(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
//virtual bool Erase(char *filename);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ Fn; /* Path/Name of corresponding file */
|
||||
PSZ Ofn; /* Base Path/Name of matching index files*/
|
||||
PIXDEF To_Indx; /* To index definitions blocks */
|
||||
RECFM Recfm; /* 0:VAR, 1:FIX, 2:BIN, 3:VCT, 6:DBF */
|
||||
bool Mapped; /* 0: disk file, 1: memory mapped file */
|
||||
bool Padded; /* true for padded table file */
|
||||
bool Huge; /* true for files larger than 2GB */
|
||||
bool Accept; /* true if wrong lines are accepted (DBF)*/
|
||||
bool Eof; /* true if an EOF (0xA) character exists */
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
int *To_Pos; /* To array of block starting positions */
|
||||
int Optimized; /* 0: No, 1:Yes, 2:Redo optimization */
|
||||
int AllocBlks; /* Number of suballocated opt blocks */
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
int Compressed; /* 0: No, 1: gz, 2:zlib compressed file */
|
||||
int Lrecl; /* Size of biggest record */
|
||||
int AvgLen; /* Average size of records */
|
||||
int Block; /* Number de blocks of FIX/VCT tables */
|
||||
int Last; /* Number of elements of last block */
|
||||
int Blksize; /* Size of padded blocks */
|
||||
int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad records (DBF) */
|
||||
int ReadMode; /* Specific to DBF */
|
||||
int Ending; /* Length of end of lines */
|
||||
}; // end of DOSDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* that are standard files with columns starting at fixed offset. */
|
||||
/* The last column (and record) is of variable length. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBDOS : public TDBASE {
|
||||
//friend class KINDEX;
|
||||
friend class XINDEX;
|
||||
friend class DOSCOL;
|
||||
friend class MAPCOL;
|
||||
friend class TXTFAM;
|
||||
friend class DOSFAM;
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
//friend class TDBMUL;
|
||||
friend RCODE CntDeleteRow(PGLOBAL, PTDB, bool);
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
TDBDOS(PDOSDEF tdp, PTXF txfp);
|
||||
TDBDOS(PGLOBAL g, PTDBDOS tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Inline functions
|
||||
inline void SetTxfp(PTXF txfp) {Txfp = txfp; Txfp->SetTdbp(this);}
|
||||
inline PTXF GetTxfp(void) {return Txfp;}
|
||||
inline char *GetLine(void) {return To_Line;}
|
||||
inline int GetCurBlk(void) {return Txfp->GetCurBlk();}
|
||||
inline void SetLine(char *toline) {To_Line = toline;}
|
||||
inline void IncLine(int inc) {To_Line += inc;}
|
||||
inline bool IsRead(void) {return Txfp->IsRead;}
|
||||
inline PXOB *GetLink(void) {return To_Link;}
|
||||
//inline PCOL *GetKeyCol(void) {return To_Key_Col;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return Txfp->GetAmType();}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return Txfp->To_File;}
|
||||
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {Txfp->To_File = fn;}
|
||||
virtual RECFM GetFtype(void) {return Ftype;}
|
||||
virtual bool SkipHeader(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual void RestoreNrec(void) {Txfp->SetNrec(1);}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBDOS(g, this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void) {Txfp->Reset();}
|
||||
virtual bool IsUsingTemp(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//virtual bool NeedIndexing(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = Cardinal = -1;}
|
||||
virtual int ResetTableOpt(PGLOBAL g, bool dop, bool dox);
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual int MakeBlockValues(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SaveBlockValues(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool GetBlockValues(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual PBF InitBlockFilter(PGLOBAL g, PFIL filp);
|
||||
//virtual PBX InitBlockIndex(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int TestBlock(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
virtual void PrintAM(FILE *f, char *m);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual char *GetOpenMode(PGLOBAL g, char *opmode) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g) {return Txfp->GetFileLength(g);}
|
||||
virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return Txfp->GetDelRows();}
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return Txfp->GetPos();}
|
||||
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos)
|
||||
{return Txfp->SetPos(g, recpos);}
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {return Txfp->ReadBuffer(g);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific routine
|
||||
virtual int EstimatedLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Optimization routines
|
||||
int MakeIndex(PGLOBAL g, PIXDEF pxdf, bool add);
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
void ResetBlockFilter(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool GetDistinctColumnValues(PGLOBAL g, int nrec);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
PBF CheckBlockFilari(PGLOBAL g, PXOB *arg, int op, bool *cnv);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTXF Txfp; // To the File access method class
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
//PBX To_BlkIdx; // To index test block
|
||||
PBF To_BlkFil; // To evaluation block filter
|
||||
PFIL SavFil; // Saved hidden filter
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
char *To_Line; // Points to current processed line
|
||||
int Cardinal; // Table Cardinality
|
||||
RECFM Ftype; // File type: 0-var 1-fixed 2-binary (VCT)
|
||||
int Lrecl; // Logical Record Length
|
||||
int AvgLen; // Logical Record Average Length
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
//int Xeval; // BlockTest return value
|
||||
int Beval; // BlockEval return value
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBDOS
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class DOSCOL: DOS access method column descriptor. */
|
||||
/* This A.M. is used for text file tables under operating systems */
|
||||
/* DOS, OS2, UNIX, WIN16 and WIN32. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport DOSCOL : public COLBLK {
|
||||
friend class TDBDOS;
|
||||
friend class TDBFIX;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
DOSCOL(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tp, PCOL cp, int i, PSZ am = "DOS");
|
||||
DOSCOL(DOSCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_DOS;}
|
||||
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {To_Val = valp;}
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual int GetClustered(void) {return Clustered;}
|
||||
virtual int IsClustered(void) {return (Clustered &&
|
||||
((PDOSDEF)(((PTDBDOS)To_Tdb)->To_Def))->IsOptimized());}
|
||||
virtual int IsSorted(void) {return Sorted;}
|
||||
virtual PVBLK GetMin(void) {return Min;}
|
||||
virtual PVBLK GetMax(void) {return Max;}
|
||||
virtual int GetNdv(void) {return Ndv;}
|
||||
virtual int GetNbm(void) {return Nbm;}
|
||||
virtual PVBLK GetBmap(void) {return Bmap;}
|
||||
virtual PVBLK GetDval(void) {return Dval;}
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual bool VarSize(void);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual bool SetMinMax(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetBitMap(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool CheckSorted(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool AddDistinctValue(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
DOSCOL(void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
PVBLK Min; // Array of block min values
|
||||
PVBLK Max; // Array of block max values
|
||||
PVBLK Bmap; // Array of block bitmap values
|
||||
PVBLK Dval; // Array of column distinct values
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
PVAL To_Val; // To value used for Update/Insert
|
||||
PVAL OldVal; // The previous value of the object.
|
||||
char *Buf; // Buffer used in write operations
|
||||
bool Ldz; // True if field contains leading zeros
|
||||
bool Nod; // True if no decimal point
|
||||
int Dcm; // Last Dcm digits are decimals
|
||||
int Deplac; // Offset in dos_buf
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
int Clustered; // 0:No 1:Yes
|
||||
int Sorted; // 0:No 1:Asc (2:Desc - NIY)
|
||||
int Ndv; // Number of distinct values
|
||||
int Nbm; // Number of uint in bitmap
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
}; // end of class DOSCOL
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __TABDOS_H
|
||||
/*************** TabDos H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABDOS.H Version 3.3 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1999-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the DOS classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __TABDOS_H
|
||||
#define __TABDOS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "xtable.h" // Table base class declares
|
||||
#include "colblk.h" // Column base class declares
|
||||
#include "xindex.h"
|
||||
#include "filter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//pedef struct _tabdesc *PTABD; // For friend setting
|
||||
typedef class TXTFAM *PTXF;
|
||||
typedef class BLOCKFILTER *PBF;
|
||||
typedef class BLOCKINDEX *PBX;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* DOS table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport DOSDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
|
||||
friend class OEMDEF;
|
||||
friend class TDBDOS;
|
||||
friend class TDBFIX;
|
||||
friend class TXTFAM;
|
||||
friend class DBFBASE;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
DOSDEF(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) {return TYPE_AM_DOS;}
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "DOS";}
|
||||
virtual PIXDEF GetIndx(void) {return To_Indx;}
|
||||
virtual void SetIndx(PIXDEF xdp) {To_Indx = xdp;}
|
||||
virtual bool IsHuge(void) {return Huge;}
|
||||
PSZ GetFn(void) {return Fn;}
|
||||
PSZ GetOfn(void) {return Ofn;}
|
||||
void SetBlock(int block) {Block = block;}
|
||||
int GetBlock(void) {return Block;}
|
||||
int GetLast(void) {return Last;}
|
||||
void SetLast(int last) {Last = last;}
|
||||
int GetLrecl(void) {return Lrecl;}
|
||||
void SetLrecl(int lrecl) {Lrecl = lrecl;}
|
||||
bool GetPadded(void) {return Padded;}
|
||||
bool GetEof(void) {return Eof;}
|
||||
int GetBlksize(void) {return Blksize;}
|
||||
int GetEnding(void) {return Ending;}
|
||||
bool IsOptimized(void) {return (Optimized == 1);}
|
||||
void SetOptimized(int opt) {Optimized = opt;}
|
||||
void SetAllocBlks(int blks) {AllocBlks = blks;}
|
||||
int GetAllocBlks(void) {return AllocBlks;}
|
||||
int *GetTo_Pos(void) {return To_Pos;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool Indexable(void) {return Compressed != 1;}
|
||||
virtual bool DeleteIndexFile(PGLOBAL g, PIXDEF pxdf);
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
|
||||
bool InvalidateIndex(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool GetOptFileName(PGLOBAL g, char *filename);
|
||||
void RemoveOptValues(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
//virtual bool Erase(char *filename);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ Fn; /* Path/Name of corresponding file */
|
||||
PSZ Ofn; /* Base Path/Name of matching index files*/
|
||||
PIXDEF To_Indx; /* To index definitions blocks */
|
||||
RECFM Recfm; /* 0:VAR, 1:FIX, 2:BIN, 3:VCT, 6:DBF */
|
||||
bool Mapped; /* 0: disk file, 1: memory mapped file */
|
||||
bool Padded; /* true for padded table file */
|
||||
bool Huge; /* true for files larger than 2GB */
|
||||
bool Accept; /* true if wrong lines are accepted (DBF)*/
|
||||
bool Eof; /* true if an EOF (0xA) character exists */
|
||||
int *To_Pos; /* To array of block starting positions */
|
||||
int Optimized; /* 0: No, 1:Yes, 2:Redo optimization */
|
||||
int AllocBlks; /* Number of suballocated opt blocks */
|
||||
int Compressed; /* 0: No, 1: gz, 2:zlib compressed file */
|
||||
int Lrecl; /* Size of biggest record */
|
||||
int AvgLen; /* Average size of records */
|
||||
int Block; /* Number de blocks of FIX/VCT tables */
|
||||
int Last; /* Number of elements of last block */
|
||||
int Blksize; /* Size of padded blocks */
|
||||
int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad records (DBF) */
|
||||
int ReadMode; /* Specific to DBF */
|
||||
int Ending; /* Length of end of lines */
|
||||
}; // end of DOSDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* that are standard files with columns starting at fixed offset. */
|
||||
/* The last column (and record) is of variable length. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBDOS : public TDBASE {
|
||||
friend class XINDEX;
|
||||
friend class DOSCOL;
|
||||
friend class MAPCOL;
|
||||
friend class TXTFAM;
|
||||
friend class DOSFAM;
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
friend RCODE CntDeleteRow(PGLOBAL, PTDB, bool);
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
TDBDOS(PDOSDEF tdp, PTXF txfp);
|
||||
TDBDOS(PGLOBAL g, PTDBDOS tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Inline functions
|
||||
inline void SetTxfp(PTXF txfp) {Txfp = txfp; Txfp->SetTdbp(this);}
|
||||
inline PTXF GetTxfp(void) {return Txfp;}
|
||||
inline char *GetLine(void) {return To_Line;}
|
||||
inline int GetCurBlk(void) {return Txfp->GetCurBlk();}
|
||||
inline void SetLine(char *toline) {To_Line = toline;}
|
||||
inline void IncLine(int inc) {To_Line += inc;}
|
||||
inline bool IsRead(void) {return Txfp->IsRead;}
|
||||
inline PXOB *GetLink(void) {return To_Link;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return Txfp->GetAmType();}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return Txfp->To_File;}
|
||||
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {Txfp->To_File = fn;}
|
||||
virtual RECFM GetFtype(void) {return Ftype;}
|
||||
virtual bool SkipHeader(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual void RestoreNrec(void) {Txfp->SetNrec(1);}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBDOS(g, this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void) {Txfp->Reset();}
|
||||
virtual bool IsUsingTemp(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = Cardinal = -1;}
|
||||
virtual int ResetTableOpt(PGLOBAL g, bool dop, bool dox);
|
||||
virtual int MakeBlockValues(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SaveBlockValues(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool GetBlockValues(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual PBF InitBlockFilter(PGLOBAL g, PFIL filp);
|
||||
//virtual PBX InitBlockIndex(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int TestBlock(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void PrintAM(FILE *f, char *m);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual char *GetOpenMode(PGLOBAL g, char *opmode) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g) {return Txfp->GetFileLength(g);}
|
||||
virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return Txfp->GetDelRows();}
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return Txfp->GetPos();}
|
||||
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos)
|
||||
{return Txfp->SetPos(g, recpos);}
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false);
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {return Txfp->ReadBuffer(g);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific routine
|
||||
virtual int EstimatedLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Optimization routines
|
||||
int MakeIndex(PGLOBAL g, PIXDEF pxdf, bool add);
|
||||
void ResetBlockFilter(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool GetDistinctColumnValues(PGLOBAL g, int nrec);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
PBF CheckBlockFilari(PGLOBAL g, PXOB *arg, int op, bool *cnv);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTXF Txfp; // To the File access method class
|
||||
//PBX To_BlkIdx; // To index test block
|
||||
PBF To_BlkFil; // To evaluation block filter
|
||||
PFIL SavFil; // Saved hidden filter
|
||||
char *To_Line; // Points to current processed line
|
||||
int Cardinal; // Table Cardinality
|
||||
RECFM Ftype; // File type: 0-var 1-fixed 2-binary (VCT)
|
||||
int Lrecl; // Logical Record Length
|
||||
int AvgLen; // Logical Record Average Length
|
||||
//int Xeval; // BlockTest return value
|
||||
int Beval; // BlockEval return value
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBDOS
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class DOSCOL: DOS access method column descriptor. */
|
||||
/* This A.M. is used for text file tables under operating systems */
|
||||
/* DOS, OS2, UNIX, WIN16 and WIN32. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport DOSCOL : public COLBLK {
|
||||
friend class TDBDOS;
|
||||
friend class TDBFIX;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
DOSCOL(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tp, PCOL cp, int i, PSZ am = "DOS");
|
||||
DOSCOL(DOSCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_DOS;}
|
||||
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {To_Val = valp;}
|
||||
virtual int GetClustered(void) {return Clustered;}
|
||||
virtual int IsClustered(void) {return (Clustered &&
|
||||
((PDOSDEF)(((PTDBDOS)To_Tdb)->To_Def))->IsOptimized());}
|
||||
virtual int IsSorted(void) {return Sorted;}
|
||||
virtual PVBLK GetMin(void) {return Min;}
|
||||
virtual PVBLK GetMax(void) {return Max;}
|
||||
virtual int GetNdv(void) {return Ndv;}
|
||||
virtual int GetNbm(void) {return Nbm;}
|
||||
virtual PVBLK GetBmap(void) {return Bmap;}
|
||||
virtual PVBLK GetDval(void) {return Dval;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool VarSize(void);
|
||||
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool SetMinMax(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetBitMap(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool CheckSorted(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool AddDistinctValue(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
DOSCOL(void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PVBLK Min; // Array of block min values
|
||||
PVBLK Max; // Array of block max values
|
||||
PVBLK Bmap; // Array of block bitmap values
|
||||
PVBLK Dval; // Array of column distinct values
|
||||
PVAL To_Val; // To value used for Update/Insert
|
||||
PVAL OldVal; // The previous value of the object.
|
||||
char *Buf; // Buffer used in write operations
|
||||
bool Ldz; // True if field contains leading zeros
|
||||
bool Nod; // True if no decimal point
|
||||
int Dcm; // Last Dcm digits are decimals
|
||||
int Deplac; // Offset in dos_buf
|
||||
int Clustered; // 0:No 1:Yes
|
||||
int Sorted; // 0:No 1:Asc (2:Desc - NIY)
|
||||
int Ndv; // Number of distinct values
|
||||
int Nbm; // Number of uint in bitmap
|
||||
}; // end of class DOSCOL
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __TABDOS_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -45,10 +45,8 @@
|
||||
#include "filamfix.h"
|
||||
#include "filamdbf.h"
|
||||
#include "tabfix.h" // TDBFIX, FIXCOL classes declares
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
#include "array.h"
|
||||
#include "blkfil.h"
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* DB static variables. */
|
||||
@@ -129,7 +127,6 @@ PCOL TDBFIX::MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n)
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
int TDBFIX::ResetTableOpt(PGLOBAL g, bool dop, bool dox)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
int prc, rc = RC_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
To_Filter = NULL; // Disable filtering
|
||||
@@ -169,10 +166,6 @@ int TDBFIX::ResetTableOpt(PGLOBAL g, bool dop, bool dox)
|
||||
} // endif dox
|
||||
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
#else // !BLK_INDX
|
||||
RestoreNrec(); // May have been modified
|
||||
return TDBDOS::ResetTableOpt(g, dop, dox);
|
||||
#endif // !BLK_INDX
|
||||
} // end of ResetTableOpt
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
@@ -211,14 +204,14 @@ int TDBFIX::GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (MaxSize < 0) {
|
||||
MaxSize = Cardinality(g);
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
|
||||
if (MaxSize > 0 && (To_BlkFil = InitBlockFilter(g, To_Filter))
|
||||
&& !To_BlkFil->Correlated()) {
|
||||
// Use BlockTest to reduce the estimated size
|
||||
MaxSize = Txfp->MaxBlkSize(g, MaxSize);
|
||||
ResetBlockFilter(g);
|
||||
} // endif To_BlkFil
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
} // endif MaxSize
|
||||
|
||||
return MaxSize;
|
||||
@@ -301,9 +294,7 @@ bool TDBFIX::OpenDB(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
else
|
||||
Txfp->Rewind(); // see comment in Work.log
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
ResetBlockFilter(g);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // endif use
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -335,12 +326,10 @@ bool TDBFIX::OpenDB(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
To_Line = Txfp->GetBuf(); // For WriteDB
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Allocate the block filter tree if evaluation is possible. */
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
To_BlkFil = InitBlockFilter(g, To_Filter);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
if (trace)
|
||||
htrc("OpenDos: R%hd mode=%d\n", Tdb_No, Mode);
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,192 +1,188 @@
|
||||
/*************** TabFmt H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABFMT.H Version 2.3 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2001-2013 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the CSV and FMT classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "xtable.h" // Base class declares
|
||||
#include "tabdos.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//pedef struct _tabdesc *PTABD; // For friend setting
|
||||
typedef class TDBFMT *PTDBFMT;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Functions used externally. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
PQRYRES CSVColumns(PGLOBAL g, const char *fn, char sep, char q,
|
||||
int hdr, int mxr, bool info);
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* CSV table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport CSVDEF : public DOSDEF { /* Logical table description */
|
||||
friend class TDBCSV;
|
||||
friend class TDBCCL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
CSVDEF(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "CSV";}
|
||||
char GetSep(void) {return Sep;}
|
||||
char GetQot(void) {return Qot;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
bool Fmtd; /* true for formatted files */
|
||||
//bool Accept; /* true if wrong lines are accepted */
|
||||
bool Header; /* true if first line contains headers */
|
||||
//int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad records */
|
||||
int Quoted; /* Quoting level for quoted fields */
|
||||
char Sep; /* Separator for standard CSV files */
|
||||
char Qot; /* Character for quoted strings */
|
||||
}; // end of CSVDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* that are CSV files with columns separated by the Sep character. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBCSV : public TDBDOS {
|
||||
friend class CSVCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBCSV(PCSVDEF tdp, PTXF txfp);
|
||||
TDBCSV(PGLOBAL g, PTDBCSV tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_CSV;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBCSV(g, this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
//virtual bool IsUsingTemp(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return (int)Nerr;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g); // Physical file read
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
virtual int EstimatedLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SkipHeader(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool CheckErr(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ *Field; // Field to write to current line
|
||||
int *Offset; // Column offsets for current record
|
||||
int *Fldlen; // Column field length for current record
|
||||
bool *Fldtyp; // true for numeric fields
|
||||
int Fields; // Number of fields to handle
|
||||
int Nerr; // Number of bad records
|
||||
int Maxerr; // Maximum number of bad records
|
||||
int Quoted; // Quoting level for quoted fields
|
||||
bool Accept; // true if bad lines are accepted
|
||||
bool Header; // true if first line contains column headers
|
||||
char Sep; // Separator
|
||||
char Qot; // Quoting character
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBCSV
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class CSVCOL: CSV access method column descriptor. */
|
||||
/* This A.M. is used for Comma Separated V(?) files. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class CSVCOL : public DOSCOL {
|
||||
friend class TDBCSV;
|
||||
friend class TDBFMT;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
CSVCOL(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i);
|
||||
CSVCOL(CSVCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType() {return TYPE_AM_CSV;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual bool VarSize(void);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
// void Print(FILE *, uint);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
CSVCOL(void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
int Fldnum; // Field ordinal number (0 based)
|
||||
}; // end of class CSVCOL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* whose record format is described by a Format keyword. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBFMT : public TDBCSV {
|
||||
friend class CSVCOL;
|
||||
//friend class FMTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Standard constructor
|
||||
TDBFMT(PCSVDEF tdp, PTXF txfp) : TDBCSV(tdp, txfp)
|
||||
{FldFormat = NULL; To_Fld = NULL; FmtTest = NULL; Linenum = 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy constructor
|
||||
TDBFMT(PGLOBAL g, PTDBFMT tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_FMT;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBFMT(g, this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
//virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g); // Physical file read
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
virtual int EstimatedLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ *FldFormat; // Field read format
|
||||
void *To_Fld; // To field test buffer
|
||||
int *FmtTest; // Test on ending by %n or %m
|
||||
int Linenum; // Last read line
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBFMT
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the class declaration for the CSV catalog table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBCCL : public TDBCAT {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBCCL(PCSVDEF tdp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
virtual PQRYRES GetResult(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Fn; // The CSV file (path) name
|
||||
bool Hdr; // true if first line contains headers
|
||||
int Mxr; // Maximum number of bad records
|
||||
int Qtd; // Quoting level for quoted fields
|
||||
char Sep; // Separator for standard CSV files
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBCCL
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- End of TabFmt.H ------------------------- */
|
||||
/*************** TabFmt H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABFMT.H Version 2.4 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2001-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the CSV and FMT classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "xtable.h" // Base class declares
|
||||
#include "tabdos.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class TDBFMT *PTDBFMT;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Functions used externally. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
PQRYRES CSVColumns(PGLOBAL g, const char *fn, char sep, char q,
|
||||
int hdr, int mxr, bool info);
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* CSV table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport CSVDEF : public DOSDEF { /* Logical table description */
|
||||
friend class TDBCSV;
|
||||
friend class TDBCCL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
CSVDEF(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "CSV";}
|
||||
char GetSep(void) {return Sep;}
|
||||
char GetQot(void) {return Qot;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
bool Fmtd; /* true for formatted files */
|
||||
//bool Accept; /* true if wrong lines are accepted */
|
||||
bool Header; /* true if first line contains headers */
|
||||
//int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad records */
|
||||
int Quoted; /* Quoting level for quoted fields */
|
||||
char Sep; /* Separator for standard CSV files */
|
||||
char Qot; /* Character for quoted strings */
|
||||
}; // end of CSVDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* that are CSV files with columns separated by the Sep character. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBCSV : public TDBDOS {
|
||||
friend class CSVCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBCSV(PCSVDEF tdp, PTXF txfp);
|
||||
TDBCSV(PGLOBAL g, PTDBCSV tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_CSV;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBCSV(g, this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
//virtual bool IsUsingTemp(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return (int)Nerr;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g); // Physical file read
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
virtual int EstimatedLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SkipHeader(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool CheckErr(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ *Field; // Field to write to current line
|
||||
int *Offset; // Column offsets for current record
|
||||
int *Fldlen; // Column field length for current record
|
||||
bool *Fldtyp; // true for numeric fields
|
||||
int Fields; // Number of fields to handle
|
||||
int Nerr; // Number of bad records
|
||||
int Maxerr; // Maximum number of bad records
|
||||
int Quoted; // Quoting level for quoted fields
|
||||
bool Accept; // true if bad lines are accepted
|
||||
bool Header; // true if first line contains column headers
|
||||
char Sep; // Separator
|
||||
char Qot; // Quoting character
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBCSV
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class CSVCOL: CSV access method column descriptor. */
|
||||
/* This A.M. is used for Comma Separated V(?) files. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class CSVCOL : public DOSCOL {
|
||||
friend class TDBCSV;
|
||||
friend class TDBFMT;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
CSVCOL(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i);
|
||||
CSVCOL(CSVCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType() {return TYPE_AM_CSV;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool VarSize(void);
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
CSVCOL(void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
int Fldnum; // Field ordinal number (0 based)
|
||||
}; // end of class CSVCOL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* whose record format is described by a Format keyword. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBFMT : public TDBCSV {
|
||||
friend class CSVCOL;
|
||||
//friend class FMTCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Standard constructor
|
||||
TDBFMT(PCSVDEF tdp, PTXF txfp) : TDBCSV(tdp, txfp)
|
||||
{FldFormat = NULL; To_Fld = NULL; FmtTest = NULL; Linenum = 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy constructor
|
||||
TDBFMT(PGLOBAL g, PTDBFMT tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_FMT;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBFMT(g, this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
//virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g); // Physical file read
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
virtual int EstimatedLength(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ *FldFormat; // Field read format
|
||||
void *To_Fld; // To field test buffer
|
||||
int *FmtTest; // Test on ending by %n or %m
|
||||
int Linenum; // Last read line
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBFMT
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the class declaration for the CSV catalog table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBCCL : public TDBCAT {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBCCL(PCSVDEF tdp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
virtual PQRYRES GetResult(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Fn; // The CSV file (path) name
|
||||
bool Hdr; // true if first line contains headers
|
||||
int Mxr; // Maximum number of bad records
|
||||
int Qtd; // Quoting level for quoted fields
|
||||
char Sep; // Separator for standard CSV files
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBCCL
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- End of TabFmt.H ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -185,14 +185,7 @@ class TDBMYEXC : public TDBMYSQL {
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
//virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return AftRows;}
|
||||
//virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return N;}
|
||||
//virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//virtual void ResetDB(void) {N = 0;}
|
||||
//virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = FALSE);
|
||||
virtual bool IsView(void) {return Isview;}
|
||||
//virtual PSZ GetServer(void) {return Server;}
|
||||
// void SetDatabase(LPCSTR db) {Database = (char*)db;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
@@ -200,20 +193,10 @@ class TDBMYEXC : public TDBMYSQL {
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
//virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
// bool SetColumnRanks(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
// PCOL MakeFieldColumn(PGLOBAL g, char *name);
|
||||
// PSZ FindFieldColumn(char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Internal functions
|
||||
PCMD MakeCMD(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//bool MakeSelect(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//bool MakeInsert(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//int BindColumns(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PCMD Cmdlist; // The commands to execute
|
||||
@@ -237,15 +220,9 @@ class MYXCOL : public MYSQLCOL {
|
||||
MYXCOL(MYSQL_FIELD *fld, PTDB tdbp, int i, PSZ am = "MYSQL");
|
||||
MYXCOL(MYXCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
//virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_MYSQL;}
|
||||
// void InitBind(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
//virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
// bool FindRank(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -68,7 +68,6 @@ class TDBOCCUR : public TDBPRX {
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
//PTDBASE Tdbp; // To the source table or view
|
||||
LPCSTR Tabname; // Name of source table
|
||||
char *Colist; // Source column list
|
||||
char *Xcolumn; // Occurence column name
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -158,7 +158,6 @@ class ODBCCOL : public COLBLK {
|
||||
// PVBLK GetBlkp(void) {return Blkp;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
//virtual bool CheckLocal(PTDB tdbp);
|
||||
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,182 +1,181 @@
|
||||
/*************** TabSys H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABSYS.H Version 2.2 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2004-2013 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the XDB system tables classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef class INIDEF *PINIDEF;
|
||||
typedef class TDBINI *PTDBINI;
|
||||
typedef class INICOL *PINICOL;
|
||||
typedef class TDBXIN *PTDBXIN;
|
||||
typedef class XINCOL *PXINCOL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- INI classes --------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* INI, XDB and XCL tables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport INIDEF : public TABDEF { /* INI table description */
|
||||
friend class TDBINI;
|
||||
friend class TDBXIN;
|
||||
friend class TDBXTB;
|
||||
friend class TDBRTB;
|
||||
friend class TDBXCL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
INIDEF(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "INI";}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
|
||||
//virtual bool DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Fn; /* Path/Name of corresponding file */
|
||||
char *Xname; /* The eventual table name */
|
||||
char Layout; /* R: Row, C: Column */
|
||||
int Ln; /* Length of section list buffer */
|
||||
}; // end of INIDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the class declaration for the INI tables. */
|
||||
/* These are tables represented by a INI like file. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBINI : public TDBASE {
|
||||
friend class INICOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBINI(PINIDEF tdp);
|
||||
TDBINI(PTDBINI tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_INI;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return (PTDB)new(g) TDBINI(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return N;}
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
|
||||
virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return Ifile;}
|
||||
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {Ifile = fn;}
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void) {Seclist = Section = NULL; N = 0;}
|
||||
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = -1; Seclist = NULL;}
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false) {return N;}
|
||||
char *GetSeclist(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Ifile; // The INI file
|
||||
char *Seclist; // The section list
|
||||
char *Section; // The current section
|
||||
int Seclen; // Length of seclist buffer
|
||||
int N; // The current section index
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBINI
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class INICOL: XDB table access method column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class INICOL : public COLBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
INICOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i, PSZ am = "INI");
|
||||
INICOL(INICOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_INI;}
|
||||
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {To_Val = valp;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void AllocBuf(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
INICOL(void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Valbuf; // To the key value buffer
|
||||
int Flag; // Tells what set in value
|
||||
int Long; // Buffer length
|
||||
PVAL To_Val; // To value used for Update/Insert
|
||||
}; // end of class INICOL
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- XINI class ---------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the class declaration for the XINI tables. */
|
||||
/* These are tables represented by a INI like file */
|
||||
/* having 3 columns Section, Key, and Value. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBXIN : public TDBINI {
|
||||
friend class XINCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBXIN(PINIDEF tdp);
|
||||
TDBXIN(PTDBXIN tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_INI;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return (PTDB)new(g) TDBXIN(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void);
|
||||
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void)
|
||||
{Seclist = Section = Keycur = NULL; N = 0; Oldsec = -1;}
|
||||
char *GetKeylist(PGLOBAL g, char *sec);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Keylist; // The key list
|
||||
char *Keycur; // The current key
|
||||
int Keylen; // Length of keylist buffer
|
||||
short Oldsec; // Last current section
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBXIN
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class XINCOL: XIN table access method column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class XINCOL : public INICOL {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
XINCOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i, PSZ am = "INI");
|
||||
XINCOL(XINCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
XINCOL(void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
}; // end of class XINICOL
|
||||
/*************** TabSys H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABSYS.H Version 2.2 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2004-2013 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the XDB system tables classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef class INIDEF *PINIDEF;
|
||||
typedef class TDBINI *PTDBINI;
|
||||
typedef class INICOL *PINICOL;
|
||||
typedef class TDBXIN *PTDBXIN;
|
||||
typedef class XINCOL *PXINCOL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- INI classes --------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* INI, XDB and XCL tables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport INIDEF : public TABDEF { /* INI table description */
|
||||
friend class TDBINI;
|
||||
friend class TDBXIN;
|
||||
friend class TDBXTB;
|
||||
friend class TDBRTB;
|
||||
friend class TDBXCL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
INIDEF(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "INI";}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Fn; /* Path/Name of corresponding file */
|
||||
char *Xname; /* The eventual table name */
|
||||
char Layout; /* R: Row, C: Column */
|
||||
int Ln; /* Length of section list buffer */
|
||||
}; // end of INIDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the class declaration for the INI tables. */
|
||||
/* These are tables represented by a INI like file. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBINI : public TDBASE {
|
||||
friend class INICOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBINI(PINIDEF tdp);
|
||||
TDBINI(PTDBINI tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_INI;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return (PTDB)new(g) TDBINI(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return N;}
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
|
||||
virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return Ifile;}
|
||||
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {Ifile = fn;}
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void) {Seclist = Section = NULL; N = 0;}
|
||||
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = -1; Seclist = NULL;}
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false) {return N;}
|
||||
char *GetSeclist(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Ifile; // The INI file
|
||||
char *Seclist; // The section list
|
||||
char *Section; // The current section
|
||||
int Seclen; // Length of seclist buffer
|
||||
int N; // The current section index
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBINI
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class INICOL: XDB table access method column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class INICOL : public COLBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
INICOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i, PSZ am = "INI");
|
||||
INICOL(INICOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_INI;}
|
||||
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {To_Val = valp;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void AllocBuf(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
INICOL(void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Valbuf; // To the key value buffer
|
||||
int Flag; // Tells what set in value
|
||||
int Long; // Buffer length
|
||||
PVAL To_Val; // To value used for Update/Insert
|
||||
}; // end of class INICOL
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- XINI class ---------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the class declaration for the XINI tables. */
|
||||
/* These are tables represented by a INI like file */
|
||||
/* having 3 columns Section, Key, and Value. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBXIN : public TDBINI {
|
||||
friend class XINCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBXIN(PINIDEF tdp);
|
||||
TDBXIN(PTDBXIN tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_INI;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return (PTDB)new(g) TDBXIN(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void);
|
||||
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void)
|
||||
{Seclist = Section = Keycur = NULL; N = 0; Oldsec = -1;}
|
||||
char *GetKeylist(PGLOBAL g, char *sec);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Keylist; // The key list
|
||||
char *Keycur; // The current key
|
||||
int Keylen; // Length of keylist buffer
|
||||
short Oldsec; // Last current section
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBXIN
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class XINCOL: XIN table access method column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class XINCOL : public INICOL {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
XINCOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i, PSZ am = "INI");
|
||||
XINCOL(XINCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
XINCOL(void) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
}; // end of class XINICOL
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,169 +1,159 @@
|
||||
/*************** TabTbl H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABTBL.H Version 1.3 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2008-2013 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the TDBTBL classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
#include "colblk.h"
|
||||
#include "tabutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class TBLDEF *PTBLDEF;
|
||||
typedef class TDBTBL *PTDBTBL;
|
||||
typedef class TDBTBM *PTDBTBM;
|
||||
typedef class MYSQLC *PMYC;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Defines the structures used for distributed TBM tables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _TBMtable *PTBMT;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _TBMtable {
|
||||
PTBMT Next; // Points to next data table struct
|
||||
PTABLE Tap; // Points to the sub table
|
||||
PGLOBAL G; // Needed in thread routine
|
||||
bool Complete; // TRUE when all results are read
|
||||
bool Ready; // TRUE when results are there
|
||||
int Rows; // Total number of rows read so far
|
||||
int ProgCur; // Current pos
|
||||
int ProgMax; // Max pos
|
||||
int Rc; // Return code
|
||||
THD *Thd;
|
||||
pthread_attr_t attr; // ???
|
||||
pthread_t Tid; // CheckOpen thread ID
|
||||
} TBMT;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* TBL table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TBLDEF : public PRXDEF { /* Logical table description */
|
||||
friend class TDBTBL;
|
||||
friend class TDBTBC;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TBLDEF(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "TBL";}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
bool Accept; /* TRUE if bad tables are accepted */
|
||||
bool Thread; /* Use thread for remote tables */
|
||||
int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad tables */
|
||||
int Ntables; /* Number of tables */
|
||||
}; // end of TBLDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the TBL Access Method class declaration. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBTBL : public TDBPRX {
|
||||
friend class TBTBLK;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBTBL(PTBLDEF tdp = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TBL;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return Rows;}
|
||||
virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return (int)Nbc;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = FALSE);
|
||||
virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL scp);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Internal functions
|
||||
bool InitTableList(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool TestFil(PGLOBAL g, PCFIL filp, PTABLE tabp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTABLE Tablist; // Points to the table list
|
||||
PTABLE CurTable; // Points to the current table
|
||||
bool Accept; // TRUE if bad tables are accepted
|
||||
int Maxerr; // Maximum number of bad tables
|
||||
int Nbc; // Number of bad connections
|
||||
int Rows; // Used for RowID
|
||||
int Crp; // Used for CurPos
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBTBL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class TBTBLK: TDBPLG TABID special column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TBTBLK : public TIDBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// The constructor must restore Value because XOBJECT has a void
|
||||
// constructor called by default that set Value to NULL
|
||||
TBTBLK(PVAL valp) {Value = valp;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Fake operator new used to change TIDBLK into SDTBLK
|
||||
void * operator new(size_t size, TIDBLK *sp) {return sp;}
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(__BORLANDC__)
|
||||
// Avoid warning C4291 by defining a matching dummy delete operator
|
||||
void operator delete(void *, TIDBLK*) {}
|
||||
void operator delete(void *, size_t size) {}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Must not have additional members
|
||||
}; // end of class TBTBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the TBM Access Method class declaration. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBTBM : public TDBTBL {
|
||||
friend class TBTBLK;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBTBM(PTBLDEF tdp = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
//virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TBL;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void);
|
||||
//virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return Rows;}
|
||||
//virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return (int)Nbc;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
//virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g) {return 10;} // Temporary
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = FALSE);
|
||||
//virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL scp);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Internal functions
|
||||
//bool InitTableList(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//bool TestFil(PGLOBAL g, PCFIL filp, PTABLE tabp);
|
||||
bool OpenTables(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
int ReadNextRemote(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTBMT Tmp; // To data table TBMT structures
|
||||
PTBMT Cmp; // Current data table PLGF (to move to TDBTBL)
|
||||
PTBMT Bmp; // To bad (unconnected) PLGF structures
|
||||
bool Done; // TRUE after first GetAllResults
|
||||
int Nrc; // Number of remote connections
|
||||
int Nlc; // Number of local connections
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBTBM
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
pthread_handler_t ThreadOpen(void *p);
|
||||
/*************** TabTbl H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABTBL.H Version 1.3 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2008-2013 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the TDBTBL classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
#include "colblk.h"
|
||||
#include "tabutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class TBLDEF *PTBLDEF;
|
||||
typedef class TDBTBL *PTDBTBL;
|
||||
typedef class TDBTBM *PTDBTBM;
|
||||
typedef class MYSQLC *PMYC;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Defines the structures used for distributed TBM tables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _TBMtable *PTBMT;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _TBMtable {
|
||||
PTBMT Next; // Points to next data table struct
|
||||
PTABLE Tap; // Points to the sub table
|
||||
PGLOBAL G; // Needed in thread routine
|
||||
bool Complete; // TRUE when all results are read
|
||||
bool Ready; // TRUE when results are there
|
||||
int Rows; // Total number of rows read so far
|
||||
int ProgCur; // Current pos
|
||||
int ProgMax; // Max pos
|
||||
int Rc; // Return code
|
||||
THD *Thd;
|
||||
pthread_attr_t attr; // ???
|
||||
pthread_t Tid; // CheckOpen thread ID
|
||||
} TBMT;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* TBL table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TBLDEF : public PRXDEF { /* Logical table description */
|
||||
friend class TDBTBL;
|
||||
friend class TDBTBC;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TBLDEF(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "TBL";}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
bool Accept; /* TRUE if bad tables are accepted */
|
||||
bool Thread; /* Use thread for remote tables */
|
||||
int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad tables */
|
||||
int Ntables; /* Number of tables */
|
||||
}; // end of TBLDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the TBL Access Method class declaration. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBTBL : public TDBPRX {
|
||||
friend class TBTBLK;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBTBL(PTBLDEF tdp = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TBL;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return Rows;}
|
||||
virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return (int)Nbc;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = FALSE);
|
||||
virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL scp);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Internal functions
|
||||
bool InitTableList(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool TestFil(PGLOBAL g, PCFIL filp, PTABLE tabp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTABLE Tablist; // Points to the table list
|
||||
PTABLE CurTable; // Points to the current table
|
||||
bool Accept; // TRUE if bad tables are accepted
|
||||
int Maxerr; // Maximum number of bad tables
|
||||
int Nbc; // Number of bad connections
|
||||
int Rows; // Used for RowID
|
||||
int Crp; // Used for CurPos
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBTBL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class TBTBLK: TDBPLG TABID special column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TBTBLK : public TIDBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// The constructor must restore Value because XOBJECT has a void
|
||||
// constructor called by default that set Value to NULL
|
||||
TBTBLK(PVAL valp) {Value = valp;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Fake operator new used to change TIDBLK into SDTBLK
|
||||
void * operator new(size_t size, TIDBLK *sp) {return sp;}
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(__BORLANDC__)
|
||||
// Avoid warning C4291 by defining a matching dummy delete operator
|
||||
void operator delete(void *, TIDBLK*) {}
|
||||
void operator delete(void *, size_t size) {}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Must not have additional members
|
||||
}; // end of class TBTBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the TBM Access Method class declaration. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBTBM : public TDBTBL {
|
||||
friend class TBTBLK;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBTBM(PTBLDEF tdp = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g) {return 10;} // Temporary
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = FALSE);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Internal functions
|
||||
bool OpenTables(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
int ReadNextRemote(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTBMT Tmp; // To data table TBMT structures
|
||||
PTBMT Cmp; // Current data table PLGF (to move to TDBTBL)
|
||||
PTBMT Bmp; // To bad (unconnected) PLGF structures
|
||||
bool Done; // TRUE after first GetAllResults
|
||||
int Nrc; // Number of remote connections
|
||||
int Nlc; // Number of local connections
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBTBM
|
||||
|
||||
pthread_handler_t ThreadOpen(void *p);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ class DllExport PRXDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
|
||||
/* This is the class declaration for the XCSV table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBPRX : public TDBASE {
|
||||
//friend class MULINDX;
|
||||
friend class PRXDEF;
|
||||
friend class PRXCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
@@ -126,8 +125,6 @@ class TDBTBC : public TDBCAT {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
TDBTBC(PPRXDEF tdp);
|
||||
//TDBTBC(PTBLDEF tdp);
|
||||
//TDBTBC(PXCLDEF tdp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -301,9 +301,7 @@ bool TDBVCT::OpenDB(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
To_Kindex->Reset();
|
||||
|
||||
Txfp->Rewind();
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
ResetBlockFilter(g);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // endif Use
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -325,12 +323,10 @@ bool TDBVCT::OpenDB(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
// This was not done in previous version
|
||||
Use = USE_OPEN; // Do it now in case we are recursively called
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Allocate the block filter tree if evaluation is possible. */
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
To_BlkFil = InitBlockFilter(g, To_Filter);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Reset buffer access according to indexing and to mode. */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,123 +1,121 @@
|
||||
/*************** TabVct H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABVCT.H Version 3.4 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1999-2011 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the TDBVCT class declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __TABVCT__
|
||||
#define __TABVCT__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tabfix.h"
|
||||
#if defined(UNIX)
|
||||
//#include <string.h.SUNWCCh>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class TDBVCT *PTDBVCT;
|
||||
typedef class VCTCOL *PVCTCOL;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* VCT table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VCTDEF : public DOSDEF { /* Logical table description */
|
||||
friend class VCTFAM;
|
||||
friend class VECFAM;
|
||||
friend class VMPFAM;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
VCTDEF(void) {Split = Estimate = Header = 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "VCT";}
|
||||
int GetEstimate(void) {return Estimate;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Specific file erase routine for vertical tables
|
||||
//virtual bool Erase(char *filename);
|
||||
int MakeFnPattern(char *fpat);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
int Split; /* Columns in separate files */
|
||||
int Estimate; /* Estimated maximum size of table */
|
||||
int Header; /* 0: no, 1: separate, 2: in data file */
|
||||
}; // end of VCTDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* in blocked vector format. In each block containing "Elements" */
|
||||
/* records, values of each columns are consecutively stored (vector). */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBVCT : public TDBFIX {
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
friend class VCTFAM;
|
||||
friend class VCMFAM;
|
||||
friend class VECFAM;
|
||||
friend class VMPFAM;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
TDBVCT(PVCTDEF tdp, PTXF txfp);
|
||||
TDBVCT(PGLOBAL g, PTDBVCT tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VCT;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBVCT(g, this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBVCT
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class VCTCOL: VCT access method column descriptor. */
|
||||
/* This A.M. is used for file having column wise organization. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VCTCOL : public DOSCOL {
|
||||
friend class TDBVCT;
|
||||
friend class VCTFAM;
|
||||
friend class VCMFAM;
|
||||
friend class VECFAM;
|
||||
friend class VMPFAM;
|
||||
friend class BGVFAM;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
VCTCOL(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i);
|
||||
VCTCOL(VCTCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VCT;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
|
||||
virtual void SetOk(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual void ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
VCTCOL(void) {} // Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PVBLK Blk; // Block buffer
|
||||
int Clen; // Internal length in table
|
||||
int ColBlk; // Block pointed by column
|
||||
int ColPos; // Last position read
|
||||
int Modif; // Number of modified lines in block
|
||||
}; // end of class VCTCOL
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __TABVCT__
|
||||
|
||||
/*************** TabVct H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABVCT.H Version 3.4 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1999-2011 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the TDBVCT class declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __TABVCT__
|
||||
#define __TABVCT__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tabfix.h"
|
||||
#if defined(UNIX)
|
||||
//#include <string.h.SUNWCCh>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class TDBVCT *PTDBVCT;
|
||||
typedef class VCTCOL *PVCTCOL;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* VCT table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VCTDEF : public DOSDEF { /* Logical table description */
|
||||
friend class VCTFAM;
|
||||
friend class VECFAM;
|
||||
friend class VMPFAM;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
VCTDEF(void) {Split = Estimate = Header = 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "VCT";}
|
||||
int GetEstimate(void) {return Estimate;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int MakeFnPattern(char *fpat);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
int Split; /* Columns in separate files */
|
||||
int Estimate; /* Estimated maximum size of table */
|
||||
int Header; /* 0: no, 1: separate, 2: in data file */
|
||||
}; // end of VCTDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
|
||||
/* in blocked vector format. In each block containing "Elements" */
|
||||
/* records, values of each columns are consecutively stored (vector). */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBVCT : public TDBFIX {
|
||||
friend class VCTCOL;
|
||||
friend class VCTFAM;
|
||||
friend class VCMFAM;
|
||||
friend class VECFAM;
|
||||
friend class VMPFAM;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
TDBVCT(PVCTDEF tdp, PTXF txfp);
|
||||
TDBVCT(PGLOBAL g, PTDBVCT tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VCT;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
|
||||
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBVCT(g, this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBVCT
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class VCTCOL: VCT access method column descriptor. */
|
||||
/* This A.M. is used for file having column wise organization. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VCTCOL : public DOSCOL {
|
||||
friend class TDBVCT;
|
||||
friend class VCTFAM;
|
||||
friend class VCMFAM;
|
||||
friend class VECFAM;
|
||||
friend class VMPFAM;
|
||||
friend class BGVFAM;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
VCTCOL(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i);
|
||||
VCTCOL(VCTCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VCT;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
|
||||
virtual void SetOk(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual void ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
VCTCOL(void) {} // Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PVBLK Blk; // Block buffer
|
||||
int Clen; // Internal length in table
|
||||
int ColBlk; // Block pointed by column
|
||||
int ColPos; // Last position read
|
||||
int Modif; // Number of modified lines in block
|
||||
}; // end of class VCTCOL
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __TABVCT__
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,151 +1,150 @@
|
||||
// TABWMI.H Olivier Bertrand 2012
|
||||
// WMI: Virtual table to Get WMI information
|
||||
#define _WIN32_DCOM
|
||||
#include <wbemidl.h>
|
||||
# pragma comment(lib, "wbemuuid.lib")
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
#include <comdef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef class WMIDEF *PWMIDEF;
|
||||
typedef class TDBWMI *PTDBWMI;
|
||||
typedef class WMICOL *PWMICOL;
|
||||
typedef class TDBWCL *PTDBWCL;
|
||||
typedef class WCLCOL *PWCLCOL;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Structure used by WMI column info functions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _WMIutil {
|
||||
IWbemServices *Svc;
|
||||
IWbemClassObject *Cobj;
|
||||
} WMIUTIL, *PWMIUT;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Functions used externally. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
PQRYRES WMIColumns(PGLOBAL g, char *nsp, char *cls, bool info);
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- WMI classes ---------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* WMI: Virtual table to get the WMI information. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class WMIDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
|
||||
friend class TDBWMI;
|
||||
friend class TDBWCL;
|
||||
friend class TDBWCX;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
WMIDEF(void) {Pseudo = 3; Nspace = NULL; Wclass = NULL; Ems = 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "WMI";}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
|
||||
//virtual bool DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g) {return true;}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Nspace;
|
||||
char *Wclass;
|
||||
int Ems;
|
||||
}; // end of WMIDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the class declaration for the WMI table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBWMI : public TDBASE {
|
||||
friend class WMICOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBWMI(PWMIDEF tdp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_WMI;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false) {return N + 1;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
bool Initialize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
char *MakeWQL(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
void DoubleSlash(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool GetWMIInfo(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
IWbemServices *Svc; // IWbemServices pointer
|
||||
IEnumWbemClassObject *Enumerator;
|
||||
IWbemClassObject *ClsObj;
|
||||
char *Nspace; // Namespace
|
||||
char *Wclass; // Class name
|
||||
char *ObjPath; // Used for direct access
|
||||
char *Kvp; // Itou
|
||||
int Ems; // Estimated max size
|
||||
PCOL Kcol; // Key column
|
||||
HRESULT Res;
|
||||
PVBLK Vbp;
|
||||
bool Init;
|
||||
bool Done;
|
||||
ULONG Rc;
|
||||
int N; // Row number
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBWMI
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class WMICOL: WMI Address column. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class WMICOL : public COLBLK {
|
||||
friend class TDBWMI;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
WMICOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, int n);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_WMI;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
WMICOL(void) {} // Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTDBWMI Tdbp; // Points to WMI table block
|
||||
VARIANT Prop; // Property value
|
||||
CIMTYPE Ctype; // CIM Type
|
||||
HRESULT Res;
|
||||
}; // end of class WMICOL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the class declaration for the WMI catalog table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBWCL : public TDBCAT {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBWCL(PWMIDEF tdp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
virtual PQRYRES GetResult(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Nsp; // Name space
|
||||
char *Cls; // Class
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBWCL
|
||||
// TABWMI.H Olivier Bertrand 2012
|
||||
// WMI: Virtual table to Get WMI information
|
||||
#define _WIN32_DCOM
|
||||
#include <wbemidl.h>
|
||||
# pragma comment(lib, "wbemuuid.lib")
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
#include <comdef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef class WMIDEF *PWMIDEF;
|
||||
typedef class TDBWMI *PTDBWMI;
|
||||
typedef class WMICOL *PWMICOL;
|
||||
typedef class TDBWCL *PTDBWCL;
|
||||
typedef class WCLCOL *PWCLCOL;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Structure used by WMI column info functions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef struct _WMIutil {
|
||||
IWbemServices *Svc;
|
||||
IWbemClassObject *Cobj;
|
||||
} WMIUTIL, *PWMIUT;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Functions used externally. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
PQRYRES WMIColumns(PGLOBAL g, char *nsp, char *cls, bool info);
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- WMI classes ---------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* WMI: Virtual table to get the WMI information. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class WMIDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
|
||||
friend class TDBWMI;
|
||||
friend class TDBWCL;
|
||||
friend class TDBWCX;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
WMIDEF(void) {Pseudo = 3; Nspace = NULL; Wclass = NULL; Ems = 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "WMI";}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Nspace;
|
||||
char *Wclass;
|
||||
int Ems;
|
||||
}; // end of WMIDEF
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the class declaration for the WMI table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBWMI : public TDBASE {
|
||||
friend class WMICOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBWMI(PWMIDEF tdp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_WMI;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false) {return N + 1;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
bool Initialize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
char *MakeWQL(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
void DoubleSlash(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool GetWMIInfo(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
IWbemServices *Svc; // IWbemServices pointer
|
||||
IEnumWbemClassObject *Enumerator;
|
||||
IWbemClassObject *ClsObj;
|
||||
char *Nspace; // Namespace
|
||||
char *Wclass; // Class name
|
||||
char *ObjPath; // Used for direct access
|
||||
char *Kvp; // Itou
|
||||
int Ems; // Estimated max size
|
||||
PCOL Kcol; // Key column
|
||||
HRESULT Res;
|
||||
PVBLK Vbp;
|
||||
bool Init;
|
||||
bool Done;
|
||||
ULONG Rc;
|
||||
int N; // Row number
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBWMI
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class WMICOL: WMI Address column. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class WMICOL : public COLBLK {
|
||||
friend class TDBWMI;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
WMICOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, int n);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_WMI;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
WMICOL(void) {} // Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTDBWMI Tdbp; // Points to WMI table block
|
||||
VARIANT Prop; // Property value
|
||||
CIMTYPE Ctype; // CIM Type
|
||||
HRESULT Res;
|
||||
}; // end of class WMICOL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the class declaration for the WMI catalog table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class TDBWCL : public TDBCAT {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBWCL(PWMIDEF tdp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
virtual PQRYRES GetResult(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Nsp; // Name space
|
||||
char *Cls; // Class
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBWCL
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,246 +1,240 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/*************** Tabxml H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABXML.H Version 1.6 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2007-2013 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the XML table classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef class XMLDEF *PXMLDEF;
|
||||
typedef class TDBXML *PTDBXML;
|
||||
typedef class XMLCOL *PXMLCOL;
|
||||
|
||||
// These functions are exported from the Extended.dll
|
||||
//PTABDEF __stdcall GetXML(PGLOBAL g, void *memp);
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- XML classes --------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* XML table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport XMLDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
|
||||
friend class TDBXML;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
XMLDEF(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "XML";}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
|
||||
//virtual bool DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Fn; /* Path/Name of corresponding file */
|
||||
char *Encoding; /* New XML table file encoding */
|
||||
char *Tabname; /* Name of Table node */
|
||||
char *Rowname; /* Name of first level nodes */
|
||||
char *Colname; /* Name of second level nodes */
|
||||
char *Mulnode; /* Name of multiple node */
|
||||
char *XmlDB; /* Name of XML DB node */
|
||||
char *Nslist; /* List of namespaces to register */
|
||||
char *DefNs; /* Dummy name of default namespace */
|
||||
char *Attrib; /* Table node attributes */
|
||||
char *Hdattr; /* Header node attributes */
|
||||
int Coltype; /* Default column type */
|
||||
int Limit; /* Limit of multiple values */
|
||||
int Header; /* n first rows are header rows */
|
||||
bool Xpand; /* Put multiple tags in several rows */
|
||||
bool Usedom; /* True: DOM, False: libxml2 */
|
||||
}; // end of XMLDEF
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(INCLUDE_TDBXML)
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the class declaration for the simple XML tables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBXML : public TDBASE {
|
||||
friend class XMLCOL;
|
||||
friend class XMULCOL;
|
||||
friend class XPOSCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBXML(PXMLDEF tdp);
|
||||
TDBXML(PTDBXML tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_XML;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return (PTDB)new(g) TDBXML(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return Xfile;}
|
||||
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {Xfile = fn;}
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void) {N = 0;}
|
||||
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = -1;}
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false);
|
||||
int LoadTableFile(PGLOBAL g, char *filename);
|
||||
bool Initialize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool SetTabNode(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
void SetNodeAttr(PGLOBAL g, char *attr, PXNODE node);
|
||||
bool CheckRow(PGLOBAL g, bool b);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL colp);
|
||||
//virtual int GetMaxSame(PGLOBAL g) {return (Xpand) ? Limit : 1;}
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//virtual bool NeedIndexing(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g) {Checked = true; return 0;}
|
||||
virtual const CHARSET_INFO *data_charset()
|
||||
{return &my_charset_utf8_general_ci;}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PXDOC Docp;
|
||||
PXNODE Root;
|
||||
PXNODE Curp;
|
||||
PXNODE DBnode;
|
||||
PXNODE TabNode;
|
||||
PXNODE RowNode;
|
||||
PXNODE ColNode;
|
||||
PXLIST Nlist;
|
||||
PXLIST Clist;
|
||||
PFBLOCK To_Xb; // Pointer to XML file block
|
||||
PCOL Colp; // The multiple column
|
||||
bool Changed; // After Update, Insert or Delete
|
||||
bool Checked; // After Update check pass
|
||||
bool NextSame; // Same next row
|
||||
bool Xpand; // Put multiple tags in several rows
|
||||
bool NewRow; // True when inserting a new row
|
||||
bool Hasnod; // True if rows have subnodes
|
||||
bool Write; // True for Insert and Update
|
||||
bool Usedom; // True for DOM, False for libxml2
|
||||
bool Bufdone; // True when column buffers allocated
|
||||
bool Nodedone; // True when column nodes allocated
|
||||
bool Void; // True if the file does not exist
|
||||
char *Xfile; // The XML file
|
||||
char *Enc; // New XML table file encoding
|
||||
char *Tabname; // Name of Table node
|
||||
char *Rowname; // Name of first level nodes
|
||||
char *Colname; // Name of second level nodes
|
||||
char *Mulnode; // Name of multiple node
|
||||
char *XmlDB; // Name of XML DB node
|
||||
char *Nslist; // List of namespaces to register
|
||||
char *DefNs; // Dummy name of default namespace
|
||||
char *Attrib; // Table node attribut(s)
|
||||
char *Hdattr; // Header node attribut(s)
|
||||
int Coltype; // Default column type
|
||||
int Limit; // Limit of multiple values
|
||||
int Header; // n first rows are header rows
|
||||
int Multiple; // If multiple files
|
||||
int Nrow; // The table cardinality
|
||||
int Irow; // The current row index
|
||||
int Nsub; // The current subrow index
|
||||
int N; // The current Rowid
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBXML
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class XMLCOL: XDB table access method column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class XMLCOL : public COLBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
XMLCOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i, PSZ am = "XML");
|
||||
XMLCOL(XMLCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_XML;}
|
||||
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {To_Val = valp;}
|
||||
bool ParseXpath(PGLOBAL g, bool mode);
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool AllocBuf(PGLOBAL g, bool mode);
|
||||
void AllocNodes(PGLOBAL g, PXDOC dp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
//xmlNodePtr SelectSingleNode(xmlNodePtr node, char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
XMLCOL(void) : COLBLK(1) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PXLIST Nl;
|
||||
PXLIST Nlx;
|
||||
PXNODE ColNode;
|
||||
PXNODE ValNode;
|
||||
PXNODE Cxnp;
|
||||
PXNODE Vxnp;
|
||||
PXATTR Vxap;
|
||||
PXATTR AttNode;
|
||||
PTDBXML Tdbp;
|
||||
char *Valbuf; // To the node value buffer
|
||||
char *Xname; // The node or attribute name
|
||||
char* *Nodes; // The intermediate nodes
|
||||
int Type; // 0: Attribute, 1: Tag, 2: position
|
||||
int Nod; // The number of intermediate nodes
|
||||
int Inod; // Index of multiple node
|
||||
int Rank; // Position
|
||||
bool Mul; // true for multiple column
|
||||
bool Checked; // Was checked while Updating
|
||||
int Long; // Buffer length
|
||||
int Nx; // The last read row
|
||||
int Sx; // The last read sub-row
|
||||
PVAL To_Val; // To value used for Update/Insert
|
||||
}; // end of class XMLCOL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Derived class XMLCOLX: used to replace a multiple XMLCOL by the */
|
||||
/* derived class XMULCOL that has specialize read and write functions.*/
|
||||
/* Note: this works only if the members of the derived class are the */
|
||||
/* same than the ones of the original class (NO added members). */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class XMLCOLX : public XMLCOL {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Fake operator new used to change a filter into a derived filter
|
||||
void * operator new(size_t size, PXMLCOL colp) {return colp;}
|
||||
#if !defined(__BORLANDC__)
|
||||
// Avoid warning C4291 by defining a matching dummy delete operator
|
||||
void operator delete(void *, size_t size) {}
|
||||
void operator delete(void *, PXMLCOL) {}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}; // end of class XMLCOLX
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class XMULCOL: XML table access method multiple column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class XMULCOL : public XMLCOLX {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// The constructor must restore Value because XOBJECT has a void
|
||||
// constructor called by default that set Value to NULL
|
||||
XMULCOL(PVAL valp) {Value = valp; Mul = true;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
}; // end of class XMULCOL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class XPOSCOL: XML table column accessed by position. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class XPOSCOL : public XMLCOLX {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// The constructor must restore Value because XOBJECT has a void
|
||||
// constructor called by default that set Value to NULL
|
||||
XPOSCOL(PVAL valp) {Value = valp;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
}; // end of class XPOSCOL
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // INCLUDE_TDBXML
|
||||
|
||||
/*************** Tabxml H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABXML.H Version 1.6 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2007-2013 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the XML table classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
typedef class XMLDEF *PXMLDEF;
|
||||
typedef class TDBXML *PTDBXML;
|
||||
typedef class XMLCOL *PXMLCOL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------------- XML classes --------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* XML table. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport XMLDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
|
||||
friend class TDBXML;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
XMLDEF(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "XML";}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char *Fn; /* Path/Name of corresponding file */
|
||||
char *Encoding; /* New XML table file encoding */
|
||||
char *Tabname; /* Name of Table node */
|
||||
char *Rowname; /* Name of first level nodes */
|
||||
char *Colname; /* Name of second level nodes */
|
||||
char *Mulnode; /* Name of multiple node */
|
||||
char *XmlDB; /* Name of XML DB node */
|
||||
char *Nslist; /* List of namespaces to register */
|
||||
char *DefNs; /* Dummy name of default namespace */
|
||||
char *Attrib; /* Table node attributes */
|
||||
char *Hdattr; /* Header node attributes */
|
||||
int Coltype; /* Default column type */
|
||||
int Limit; /* Limit of multiple values */
|
||||
int Header; /* n first rows are header rows */
|
||||
bool Xpand; /* Put multiple tags in several rows */
|
||||
bool Usedom; /* True: DOM, False: libxml2 */
|
||||
}; // end of XMLDEF
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(INCLUDE_TDBXML)
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the class declaration for the simple XML tables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBXML : public TDBASE {
|
||||
friend class XMLCOL;
|
||||
friend class XMULCOL;
|
||||
friend class XPOSCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBXML(PXMLDEF tdp);
|
||||
TDBXML(PTDBXML tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_XML;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return (PTDB)new(g) TDBXML(this);}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return Xfile;}
|
||||
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {Xfile = fn;}
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void) {N = 0;}
|
||||
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = -1;}
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false);
|
||||
int LoadTableFile(PGLOBAL g, char *filename);
|
||||
bool Initialize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool SetTabNode(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
void SetNodeAttr(PGLOBAL g, char *attr, PXNODE node);
|
||||
bool CheckRow(PGLOBAL g, bool b);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL colp);
|
||||
//virtual int GetMaxSame(PGLOBAL g) {return (Xpand) ? Limit : 1;}
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
//virtual bool NeedIndexing(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g) {Checked = true; return 0;}
|
||||
virtual const CHARSET_INFO *data_charset()
|
||||
{return &my_charset_utf8_general_ci;}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PXDOC Docp;
|
||||
PXNODE Root;
|
||||
PXNODE Curp;
|
||||
PXNODE DBnode;
|
||||
PXNODE TabNode;
|
||||
PXNODE RowNode;
|
||||
PXNODE ColNode;
|
||||
PXLIST Nlist;
|
||||
PXLIST Clist;
|
||||
PFBLOCK To_Xb; // Pointer to XML file block
|
||||
PCOL Colp; // The multiple column
|
||||
bool Changed; // After Update, Insert or Delete
|
||||
bool Checked; // After Update check pass
|
||||
bool NextSame; // Same next row
|
||||
bool Xpand; // Put multiple tags in several rows
|
||||
bool NewRow; // True when inserting a new row
|
||||
bool Hasnod; // True if rows have subnodes
|
||||
bool Write; // True for Insert and Update
|
||||
bool Usedom; // True for DOM, False for libxml2
|
||||
bool Bufdone; // True when column buffers allocated
|
||||
bool Nodedone; // True when column nodes allocated
|
||||
bool Void; // True if the file does not exist
|
||||
char *Xfile; // The XML file
|
||||
char *Enc; // New XML table file encoding
|
||||
char *Tabname; // Name of Table node
|
||||
char *Rowname; // Name of first level nodes
|
||||
char *Colname; // Name of second level nodes
|
||||
char *Mulnode; // Name of multiple node
|
||||
char *XmlDB; // Name of XML DB node
|
||||
char *Nslist; // List of namespaces to register
|
||||
char *DefNs; // Dummy name of default namespace
|
||||
char *Attrib; // Table node attribut(s)
|
||||
char *Hdattr; // Header node attribut(s)
|
||||
int Coltype; // Default column type
|
||||
int Limit; // Limit of multiple values
|
||||
int Header; // n first rows are header rows
|
||||
int Multiple; // If multiple files
|
||||
int Nrow; // The table cardinality
|
||||
int Irow; // The current row index
|
||||
int Nsub; // The current subrow index
|
||||
int N; // The current Rowid
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBXML
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class XMLCOL: XDB table access method column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class XMLCOL : public COLBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
XMLCOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i, PSZ am = "XML");
|
||||
XMLCOL(XMLCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_XML;}
|
||||
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {To_Val = valp;}
|
||||
bool ParseXpath(PGLOBAL g, bool mode);
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool AllocBuf(PGLOBAL g, bool mode);
|
||||
void AllocNodes(PGLOBAL g, PXDOC dp);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
//xmlNodePtr SelectSingleNode(xmlNodePtr node, char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
XMLCOL(void) : COLBLK(1) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PXLIST Nl;
|
||||
PXLIST Nlx;
|
||||
PXNODE ColNode;
|
||||
PXNODE ValNode;
|
||||
PXNODE Cxnp;
|
||||
PXNODE Vxnp;
|
||||
PXATTR Vxap;
|
||||
PXATTR AttNode;
|
||||
PTDBXML Tdbp;
|
||||
char *Valbuf; // To the node value buffer
|
||||
char *Xname; // The node or attribute name
|
||||
char* *Nodes; // The intermediate nodes
|
||||
int Type; // 0: Attribute, 1: Tag, 2: position
|
||||
int Nod; // The number of intermediate nodes
|
||||
int Inod; // Index of multiple node
|
||||
int Rank; // Position
|
||||
bool Mul; // true for multiple column
|
||||
bool Checked; // Was checked while Updating
|
||||
int Long; // Buffer length
|
||||
int Nx; // The last read row
|
||||
int Sx; // The last read sub-row
|
||||
PVAL To_Val; // To value used for Update/Insert
|
||||
}; // end of class XMLCOL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Derived class XMLCOLX: used to replace a multiple XMLCOL by the */
|
||||
/* derived class XMULCOL that has specialize read and write functions.*/
|
||||
/* Note: this works only if the members of the derived class are the */
|
||||
/* same than the ones of the original class (NO added members). */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class XMLCOLX : public XMLCOL {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Fake operator new used to change a filter into a derived filter
|
||||
void * operator new(size_t size, PXMLCOL colp) {return colp;}
|
||||
#if !defined(__BORLANDC__)
|
||||
// Avoid warning C4291 by defining a matching dummy delete operator
|
||||
void operator delete(void *, size_t size) {}
|
||||
void operator delete(void *, PXMLCOL) {}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}; // end of class XMLCOLX
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class XMULCOL: XML table access method multiple column descriptor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class XMULCOL : public XMLCOLX {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// The constructor must restore Value because XOBJECT has a void
|
||||
// constructor called by default that set Value to NULL
|
||||
XMULCOL(PVAL valp) {Value = valp; Mul = true;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
}; // end of class XMULCOL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class XPOSCOL: XML table column accessed by position. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class XPOSCOL : public XMLCOLX {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// The constructor must restore Value because XOBJECT has a void
|
||||
// constructor called by default that set Value to NULL
|
||||
XPOSCOL(PVAL valp) {Value = valp;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
}; // end of class XPOSCOL
|
||||
#endif // INCLUDE_TDBXML
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,163 +1,161 @@
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) Olivier Bertrand 2004 - 2012
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
@file user_connect.cc
|
||||
|
||||
@brief
|
||||
Implements the user_connect class.
|
||||
|
||||
@details
|
||||
To support multi_threading, each query creates and use a PlugDB "user"
|
||||
that is a connection with its personnal memory allocation.
|
||||
|
||||
@note
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Author: Olivier Bertrand -- bertrandop@gmail.com -- 2004-2012 */
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_IMPLEMENTATION
|
||||
#pragma implementation // gcc: Class implementation
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define DONT_DEFINE_VOID
|
||||
#define MYSQL_SERVER
|
||||
#include "sql_class.h"
|
||||
#undef OFFSET
|
||||
|
||||
#define NOPARSE
|
||||
#include "osutil.h"
|
||||
#include "global.h"
|
||||
#include "plgdbsem.h"
|
||||
#include "connect.h"
|
||||
#include "user_connect.h"
|
||||
#include "mycat.h"
|
||||
|
||||
extern "C" char plgxini[];
|
||||
extern int xtrace;
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Initialize the user_connect static member. */
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
PCONNECT user_connect::to_users= NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- class user_connect -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Constructor. */
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
user_connect::user_connect(THD *thd, const char *dbn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
thdp= thd;
|
||||
next= NULL;
|
||||
previous= NULL;
|
||||
g= NULL;
|
||||
last_query_id= 0;
|
||||
count= 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Statistics
|
||||
nrd= fnd= nfd= 0;
|
||||
tb1= 0;
|
||||
} // end of user_connect constructor
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Destructor. */
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
user_connect::~user_connect()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Terminate CONNECT and Plug-like environment, should return NULL
|
||||
g= CntExit(g);
|
||||
} // end of user_connect destructor
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Initialization. */
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
bool user_connect::user_init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Initialize Plug-like environment
|
||||
PACTIVITY ap= NULL;
|
||||
PDBUSER dup= NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Areasize= 64M because of VEC tables. Should be parameterisable
|
||||
g= PlugInit(NULL, 67108864);
|
||||
//g= PlugInit(NULL, 134217728); // 128M was because of old embedded tests
|
||||
|
||||
// Check whether the initialization is complete
|
||||
if (!g || !g->Sarea || PlugSubSet(g, g->Sarea, g->Sarea_Size)
|
||||
|| !(dup= PlgMakeUser(g))) {
|
||||
if (g)
|
||||
printf("%s\n", g->Message);
|
||||
|
||||
int rc= PlugExit(g);
|
||||
g= NULL;
|
||||
free(dup);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
} // endif g->
|
||||
|
||||
dup->Catalog= new MYCAT(NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
ap= new ACTIVITY;
|
||||
memset(ap, 0, sizeof(ACTIVITY));
|
||||
strcpy(ap->Ap_Name, "CONNECT");
|
||||
g->Activityp= ap;
|
||||
g->Activityp->Aptr= dup;
|
||||
next= to_users;
|
||||
to_users= this;
|
||||
|
||||
if (next)
|
||||
next->previous= this;
|
||||
|
||||
last_query_id= thdp->query_id;
|
||||
count= 1;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of user_init
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void user_connect::SetHandler(ha_connect *hc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PDBUSER dup= (PDBUSER)g->Activityp->Aptr;
|
||||
MYCAT *mc= (MYCAT*)dup->Catalog;
|
||||
mc->SetHandler(hc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Check whether we begin a new query and if so cleanup the previous one. */
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
bool user_connect::CheckCleanup(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (thdp->query_id > last_query_id) {
|
||||
PlugCleanup(g, true);
|
||||
PlugSubSet(g, g->Sarea, g->Sarea_Size);
|
||||
g->Xchk = NULL;
|
||||
g->Createas = 0;
|
||||
g->Alchecked = 0;
|
||||
#if defined(MRRBKA_SUPPORT)
|
||||
g->Mrr = 0;
|
||||
#endif // MRRBKA_SUPPORT
|
||||
last_query_id= thdp->query_id;
|
||||
|
||||
if (xtrace)
|
||||
printf("=====> Begin new query %llu\n", last_query_id);
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
} // endif query_id
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of CheckCleanup
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) Olivier Bertrand 2004 - 2012
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
@file user_connect.cc
|
||||
|
||||
@brief
|
||||
Implements the user_connect class.
|
||||
|
||||
@details
|
||||
To support multi_threading, each query creates and use a PlugDB "user"
|
||||
that is a connection with its personnal memory allocation.
|
||||
|
||||
@note
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Author: Olivier Bertrand -- bertrandop@gmail.com -- 2004-2012 */
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_IMPLEMENTATION
|
||||
#pragma implementation // gcc: Class implementation
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define DONT_DEFINE_VOID
|
||||
#define MYSQL_SERVER
|
||||
#include "sql_class.h"
|
||||
#undef OFFSET
|
||||
|
||||
#define NOPARSE
|
||||
#include "osutil.h"
|
||||
#include "global.h"
|
||||
#include "plgdbsem.h"
|
||||
#include "connect.h"
|
||||
#include "user_connect.h"
|
||||
#include "mycat.h"
|
||||
|
||||
extern "C" char plgxini[];
|
||||
extern int xtrace;
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Initialize the user_connect static member. */
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
PCONNECT user_connect::to_users= NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- class user_connect -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Constructor. */
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
user_connect::user_connect(THD *thd, const char *dbn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
thdp= thd;
|
||||
next= NULL;
|
||||
previous= NULL;
|
||||
g= NULL;
|
||||
last_query_id= 0;
|
||||
count= 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Statistics
|
||||
nrd= fnd= nfd= 0;
|
||||
tb1= 0;
|
||||
} // end of user_connect constructor
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Destructor. */
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
user_connect::~user_connect()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Terminate CONNECT and Plug-like environment, should return NULL
|
||||
g= CntExit(g);
|
||||
} // end of user_connect destructor
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Initialization. */
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
bool user_connect::user_init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Initialize Plug-like environment
|
||||
PACTIVITY ap= NULL;
|
||||
PDBUSER dup= NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Areasize= 64M because of VEC tables. Should be parameterisable
|
||||
g= PlugInit(NULL, 67108864);
|
||||
//g= PlugInit(NULL, 134217728); // 128M was because of old embedded tests
|
||||
|
||||
// Check whether the initialization is complete
|
||||
if (!g || !g->Sarea || PlugSubSet(g, g->Sarea, g->Sarea_Size)
|
||||
|| !(dup= PlgMakeUser(g))) {
|
||||
if (g)
|
||||
printf("%s\n", g->Message);
|
||||
|
||||
int rc= PlugExit(g);
|
||||
g= NULL;
|
||||
free(dup);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
} // endif g->
|
||||
|
||||
dup->Catalog= new MYCAT(NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
ap= new ACTIVITY;
|
||||
memset(ap, 0, sizeof(ACTIVITY));
|
||||
strcpy(ap->Ap_Name, "CONNECT");
|
||||
g->Activityp= ap;
|
||||
g->Activityp->Aptr= dup;
|
||||
next= to_users;
|
||||
to_users= this;
|
||||
|
||||
if (next)
|
||||
next->previous= this;
|
||||
|
||||
last_query_id= thdp->query_id;
|
||||
count= 1;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of user_init
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void user_connect::SetHandler(ha_connect *hc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PDBUSER dup= (PDBUSER)g->Activityp->Aptr;
|
||||
MYCAT *mc= (MYCAT*)dup->Catalog;
|
||||
mc->SetHandler(hc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Check whether we begin a new query and if so cleanup the previous one. */
|
||||
/****************************************************************************/
|
||||
bool user_connect::CheckCleanup(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (thdp->query_id > last_query_id) {
|
||||
PlugCleanup(g, true);
|
||||
PlugSubSet(g, g->Sarea, g->Sarea_Size);
|
||||
g->Xchk = NULL;
|
||||
g->Createas = 0;
|
||||
g->Alchecked = 0;
|
||||
g->Mrr = 0;
|
||||
last_query_id= thdp->query_id;
|
||||
|
||||
if (xtrace)
|
||||
printf("=====> Begin new query %llu\n", last_query_id);
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
} // endif query_id
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of CheckCleanup
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -63,11 +63,10 @@ public:
|
||||
PCONNECT next; // Next user in chain
|
||||
PCONNECT previous; // Previous user in chain
|
||||
PGLOBAL g; // The common handle to CONNECT
|
||||
//char dbname[32]; // The DBCONNECT database
|
||||
query_id_t last_query_id; // the latest user query id
|
||||
int count; // if used by several handlers
|
||||
// Statistics
|
||||
ulong nrd, fnd, nfd;
|
||||
ulonglong tb1;
|
||||
ulonglong tb1;
|
||||
}; // end of user_connect class definition
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -448,7 +448,6 @@ template <>
|
||||
uchar TYPBLK<uchar>::GetTypedValue(PVBLK blk, int n)
|
||||
{return blk->GetUTinyValue(n);}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Set one value in a block if val is less than the current value. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
@@ -478,7 +477,6 @@ void TYPBLK<TYPE>::SetMax(PVAL valp, int n)
|
||||
tmin = tval;
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of SetMax
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
@@ -812,7 +810,6 @@ void CHRBLK::SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2)
|
||||
SetNull(n1, b);
|
||||
} // end of SetValue
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Set one value in a block if val is less than the current value. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
@@ -842,7 +839,6 @@ void CHRBLK::SetMax(PVAL valp, int n)
|
||||
memcpy(bp, vp, Long);
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of SetMax
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
@@ -1166,7 +1162,6 @@ void STRBLK::SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n)
|
||||
Strp[n] = p;
|
||||
} // end of SetValue
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Set one value in a block if val is less than the current value. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
@@ -1194,7 +1189,6 @@ void STRBLK::SetMax(PVAL valp, int n)
|
||||
SetValue(valp, n);
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of SetMax
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Move one value from i to j. */
|
||||
@@ -1335,7 +1329,6 @@ void DATBLK::SetValue(PSZ p, int n)
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of SetValue
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
/* -------------------------- Class MBVALS --------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
@@ -1379,7 +1372,6 @@ void MBVALS::Free(void)
|
||||
PlgDBfree(Mblk);
|
||||
Vblk = NULL;
|
||||
} // end of Free
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- End of Valblk --------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,351 +1,331 @@
|
||||
/*************** Valblk H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: VALBLK.H Version 2.1 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the VALBLK and derived classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/* assert.h is header required when using the assert function. */
|
||||
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __VALBLK__H__
|
||||
#define __VALBLK__H__
|
||||
#include "value.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Utility used to allocate value blocks. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
DllExport PVBLK AllocValBlock(PGLOBAL, void*, int, int, int, int,
|
||||
bool, bool, bool);
|
||||
const char *GetFmt(int type, bool un = false);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* DB static external variables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
extern MBLOCK Nmblk; /* Used to initialize MBLOCK's */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class MBVALS is a utility class for (re)allocating VALBLK's. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class MBVALS : public BLOCK {
|
||||
//friend class LSTBLK;
|
||||
friend class ARRAY;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
MBVALS(void) {Vblk = NULL; Mblk = Nmblk;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
void *GetMemp(void) {return Mblk.Memp;}
|
||||
PVBLK Allocate(PGLOBAL g, int type, int len, int prec,
|
||||
int n, bool sub = FALSE);
|
||||
bool ReAllocate(PGLOBAL g, int n);
|
||||
void Free(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PVBLK Vblk; // Pointer to VALBLK
|
||||
MBLOCK Mblk; // The memory block
|
||||
}; // end of class MBVALS
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class MBVALS *PMBV;
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class VALBLK represent a base class for variable blocks. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class VALBLK : public BLOCK {
|
||||
//friend void SemColData(PGLOBAL g, PSEM semp);
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
VALBLK(void *mp, int type, int nval, bool un = false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
int GetNval(void) {return Nval;}
|
||||
void SetNval(int n) {Nval = n;}
|
||||
void *GetValPointer(void) {return Blkp;}
|
||||
void SetValPointer(void *mp) {Blkp = mp;}
|
||||
int GetType(void) {return Type;}
|
||||
int GetPrec(void) {return Prec;}
|
||||
void SetCheck(bool b) {Check = b;}
|
||||
void MoveNull(int i, int j)
|
||||
{if (To_Nulls) To_Nulls[j] = To_Nulls[j];}
|
||||
virtual void SetNull(int n, bool b)
|
||||
{if (To_Nulls) {To_Nulls[n] = (b) ? '*' : 0;}}
|
||||
virtual bool IsNull(int n) {return To_Nulls && To_Nulls[n];}
|
||||
virtual void SetNullable(bool b);
|
||||
virtual bool IsUnsigned(void) {return Unsigned;}
|
||||
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetVlen(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void ReAlloc(void *mp, int n) {Blkp = mp; Nval = n;}
|
||||
virtual void Reset(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fmt, int len, int year = 0);
|
||||
virtual void SetPrec(int p) {}
|
||||
virtual bool IsCi(void) {return false;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(short sval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ushort sval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int lval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uint lval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(longlong lval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong lval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(double fval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char cval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uchar cval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2) = 0;
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n) = 0;
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
virtual void SetValues(PVBLK pv, int i, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void AddMinus1(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2) {assert(false);}
|
||||
#endif // 0
|
||||
virtual void Move(int i, int j) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int Find(PVAL vp) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxLength(void) = 0;
|
||||
bool Locate(PVAL vp, int& i);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void ChkIndx(int n);
|
||||
void ChkTyp(PVAL v);
|
||||
void ChkTyp(PVBLK vb);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PGLOBAL Global; // Used for messages and allocation
|
||||
char *To_Nulls; // Null values array
|
||||
void *Blkp; // To value block
|
||||
bool Check; // If true SetValue types must match
|
||||
bool Nullable; // True if values can be null
|
||||
bool Unsigned; // True if values are unsigned
|
||||
int Type; // Type of individual values
|
||||
int Nval; // Max number of values in block
|
||||
int Prec; // Precision of float values
|
||||
}; // end of class VALBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class TYPBLK: represents a block of typed values. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
template <class TYPE>
|
||||
class TYPBLK : public VALBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
TYPBLK(void *mp, int size, int type, int prec = 0, bool un = false);
|
||||
//TYPBLK(void *mp, int size, int prec, int type);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check);
|
||||
virtual int GetVlen(void) {return sizeof(TYPE);}
|
||||
//virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n) {return (char)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n) {return (uchar)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(int n) {return (short)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n) {return (ushort)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(int n) {return (int)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n) {return (uint)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n) {return (longlong)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n) {return (ulonglong)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n) {return (double)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n);
|
||||
virtual void Reset(int n) {Typp[n] = 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(short sval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)sval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ushort sval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)sval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int lval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uint lval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(longlong lval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong lval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(double fval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)fval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char cval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)cval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uchar cval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)cval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2);
|
||||
//virtual void SetValues(PVBLK pv, int k, int n);
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
virtual void Move(int i, int j);
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n);
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2);
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n);
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n);
|
||||
virtual int Find(PVAL vp);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxLength(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Specialized functions
|
||||
static ulonglong MaxVal(void);
|
||||
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVAL vp);
|
||||
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVBLK blk, int n);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
TYPE* const &Typp;
|
||||
const char *Fmt;
|
||||
}; // end of class TYPBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class CHRBLK: represent a block of fixed length strings. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class CHRBLK : public VALBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
CHRBLK(void *mp, int size, int len, int prec, bool b);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check);
|
||||
virtual int GetVlen(void) {return Long;}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n);
|
||||
virtual void Reset(int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetPrec(int p) {Ci = (p != 0);}
|
||||
virtual bool IsCi(void) {return Ci;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2);
|
||||
//virtual void SetValues(PVBLK pv, int k, int n);
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
virtual void Move(int i, int j);
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n);
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2);
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n);
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n);
|
||||
virtual int Find(PVAL vp);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxLength(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char* const &Chrp; // Pointer to char buffer
|
||||
PSZ Valp; // Used to make a zero ended value
|
||||
bool Blanks; // True for right filling with blanks
|
||||
bool Ci; // True if case insensitive
|
||||
int Long; // Length of each string
|
||||
}; // end of class CHRBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class STRBLK: represent a block of string pointers. */
|
||||
/* Currently this class is used only by the DECODE scalar function */
|
||||
/* and by the MyColumn function to store date formats. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class STRBLK : public VALBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
STRBLK(PGLOBAL g, void *mp, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual void SetNull(int n, bool b) {if (b) {Strp[n] = NULL;}}
|
||||
virtual bool IsNull(int n) {return Strp[n] == NULL;}
|
||||
virtual void SetNullable(bool b) {} // Always nullable
|
||||
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check);
|
||||
virtual int GetVlen(void) {return sizeof(PSZ);}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n) {return Strp[n];}
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n) {return atof(Strp[n]);}
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n) {return Strp[n];}
|
||||
virtual void Reset(int n) {Strp[n] = NULL;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2);
|
||||
//virtual void SetValues(PVBLK pv, int k, int n);
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
virtual void Move(int i, int j);
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n);
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2);
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n);
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n);
|
||||
virtual int Find(PVAL vp);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxLength(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific
|
||||
void SetSorted(bool b) {Sorted = b;}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ* const &Strp; // Pointer to PSZ buffer
|
||||
bool Sorted; // Values are (semi?) sorted
|
||||
}; // end of class STRBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class DATBLK: represents a block of time stamp values. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DATBLK : public TYPBLK<int> {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
DATBLK(void *mp, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fmt, int len, int year = 0);
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n);
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PVAL Dvalp; // Date value used to convert string
|
||||
}; // end of class DATBLK
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __VALBLK__H__
|
||||
|
||||
/*************** Valblk H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: VALBLK.H Version 2.1 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the VALBLK and derived classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/* assert.h is header required when using the assert function. */
|
||||
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __VALBLK__H__
|
||||
#define __VALBLK__H__
|
||||
#include "value.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Utility used to allocate value blocks. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
DllExport PVBLK AllocValBlock(PGLOBAL, void*, int, int, int, int,
|
||||
bool, bool, bool);
|
||||
const char *GetFmt(int type, bool un = false);
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* DB static external variables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
extern MBLOCK Nmblk; /* Used to initialize MBLOCK's */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class MBVALS is a utility class for (re)allocating VALBLK's. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class MBVALS : public BLOCK {
|
||||
//friend class LSTBLK;
|
||||
friend class ARRAY;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
MBVALS(void) {Vblk = NULL; Mblk = Nmblk;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
void *GetMemp(void) {return Mblk.Memp;}
|
||||
PVBLK Allocate(PGLOBAL g, int type, int len, int prec,
|
||||
int n, bool sub = FALSE);
|
||||
bool ReAllocate(PGLOBAL g, int n);
|
||||
void Free(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PVBLK Vblk; // Pointer to VALBLK
|
||||
MBLOCK Mblk; // The memory block
|
||||
}; // end of class MBVALS
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class MBVALS *PMBV;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class VALBLK represent a base class for variable blocks. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class VALBLK : public BLOCK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
VALBLK(void *mp, int type, int nval, bool un = false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
int GetNval(void) {return Nval;}
|
||||
void SetNval(int n) {Nval = n;}
|
||||
void *GetValPointer(void) {return Blkp;}
|
||||
void SetValPointer(void *mp) {Blkp = mp;}
|
||||
int GetType(void) {return Type;}
|
||||
int GetPrec(void) {return Prec;}
|
||||
void SetCheck(bool b) {Check = b;}
|
||||
void MoveNull(int i, int j)
|
||||
{if (To_Nulls) To_Nulls[j] = To_Nulls[j];}
|
||||
virtual void SetNull(int n, bool b)
|
||||
{if (To_Nulls) {To_Nulls[n] = (b) ? '*' : 0;}}
|
||||
virtual bool IsNull(int n) {return To_Nulls && To_Nulls[n];}
|
||||
virtual void SetNullable(bool b);
|
||||
virtual bool IsUnsigned(void) {return Unsigned;}
|
||||
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetVlen(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void ReAlloc(void *mp, int n) {Blkp = mp; Nval = n;}
|
||||
virtual void Reset(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fmt, int len, int year = 0);
|
||||
virtual void SetPrec(int p) {}
|
||||
virtual bool IsCi(void) {return false;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(short sval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ushort sval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int lval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uint lval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(longlong lval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong lval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(double fval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char cval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uchar cval, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void Move(int i, int j) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int Find(PVAL vp) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxLength(void) = 0;
|
||||
bool Locate(PVAL vp, int& i);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void ChkIndx(int n);
|
||||
void ChkTyp(PVAL v);
|
||||
void ChkTyp(PVBLK vb);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PGLOBAL Global; // Used for messages and allocation
|
||||
char *To_Nulls; // Null values array
|
||||
void *Blkp; // To value block
|
||||
bool Check; // If true SetValue types must match
|
||||
bool Nullable; // True if values can be null
|
||||
bool Unsigned; // True if values are unsigned
|
||||
int Type; // Type of individual values
|
||||
int Nval; // Max number of values in block
|
||||
int Prec; // Precision of float values
|
||||
}; // end of class VALBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class TYPBLK: represents a block of typed values. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
template <class TYPE>
|
||||
class TYPBLK : public VALBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
TYPBLK(void *mp, int size, int type, int prec = 0, bool un = false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check);
|
||||
virtual int GetVlen(void) {return sizeof(TYPE);}
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n) {return (char)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n) {return (uchar)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(int n) {return (short)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n) {return (ushort)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(int n) {return (int)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n) {return (uint)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n) {return (longlong)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n) {return (ulonglong)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n) {return (double)Typp[n];}
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n);
|
||||
virtual void Reset(int n) {Typp[n] = 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(short sval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)sval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ushort sval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)sval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int lval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uint lval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(longlong lval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong lval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(double fval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)fval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char cval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)cval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uchar cval, int n)
|
||||
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)cval; SetNull(n, false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2);
|
||||
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void Move(int i, int j);
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n);
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2);
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n);
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n);
|
||||
virtual int Find(PVAL vp);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxLength(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Specialized functions
|
||||
static ulonglong MaxVal(void);
|
||||
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVAL vp);
|
||||
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVBLK blk, int n);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
TYPE* const &Typp;
|
||||
const char *Fmt;
|
||||
}; // end of class TYPBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class CHRBLK: represent a block of fixed length strings. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class CHRBLK : public VALBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
CHRBLK(void *mp, int size, int len, int prec, bool b);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check);
|
||||
virtual int GetVlen(void) {return Long;}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n);
|
||||
virtual void Reset(int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetPrec(int p) {Ci = (p != 0);}
|
||||
virtual bool IsCi(void) {return Ci;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2);
|
||||
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void Move(int i, int j);
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n);
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2);
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n);
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n);
|
||||
virtual int Find(PVAL vp);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxLength(void);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
char* const &Chrp; // Pointer to char buffer
|
||||
PSZ Valp; // Used to make a zero ended value
|
||||
bool Blanks; // True for right filling with blanks
|
||||
bool Ci; // True if case insensitive
|
||||
int Long; // Length of each string
|
||||
}; // end of class CHRBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class STRBLK: represent a block of string pointers. */
|
||||
/* Currently this class is used only by the DECODE scalar function */
|
||||
/* and by the MyColumn function to store date formats. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class STRBLK : public VALBLK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
STRBLK(PGLOBAL g, void *mp, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual void SetNull(int n, bool b) {if (b) {Strp[n] = NULL;}}
|
||||
virtual bool IsNull(int n) {return Strp[n] == NULL;}
|
||||
virtual void SetNullable(bool b) {} // Always nullable
|
||||
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check);
|
||||
virtual int GetVlen(void) {return sizeof(PSZ);}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n) {return Strp[n];}
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n) {return atof(Strp[n]);}
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n) {return Strp[n];}
|
||||
virtual void Reset(int n) {Strp[n] = NULL;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2);
|
||||
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n);
|
||||
virtual void Move(int i, int j);
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n);
|
||||
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2);
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n);
|
||||
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n);
|
||||
virtual int Find(PVAL vp);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxLength(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific
|
||||
void SetSorted(bool b) {Sorted = b;}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ* const &Strp; // Pointer to PSZ buffer
|
||||
bool Sorted; // Values are (semi?) sorted
|
||||
}; // end of class STRBLK
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class DATBLK: represents a block of time stamp values. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DATBLK : public TYPBLK<int> {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
DATBLK(void *mp, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fmt, int len, int year = 0);
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n);
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PVAL Dvalp; // Date value used to convert string
|
||||
}; // end of class DATBLK
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __VALBLK__H__
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,354 +1,333 @@
|
||||
/**************** Value H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: VALUE.H Version 2.0 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2001-2013 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the VALUE and derived classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __VALUE__H__
|
||||
#define __VALUE__H__
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/* assert.h is header required when using the assert function. */
|
||||
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "assert.h"
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Types used in some class definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
enum CONV {CNV_ANY = 0, /* Convert to any type */
|
||||
CNV_CHAR = 1, /* Convert to character type */
|
||||
CNV_NUM = 2}; /* Convert to numeric type */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Types used in some class definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class CONSTANT; // For friend setting
|
||||
typedef struct _datpar *PDTP; // For DTVAL
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Utilities used to test types and to allocated values. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
PVAL AllocateValue(PGLOBAL, void *, short);
|
||||
|
||||
// Exported functions
|
||||
DllExport PSZ GetTypeName(int);
|
||||
DllExport int GetTypeSize(int, int);
|
||||
#ifdef ODBC_SUPPORT
|
||||
/* This function is exported for use in EOM table type DLLs */
|
||||
DllExport int TranslateSQLType(int stp, int prec, int& len, char& v);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
DllExport char *GetFormatType(int);
|
||||
DllExport int GetFormatType(char);
|
||||
DllExport bool IsTypeChar(int type);
|
||||
DllExport bool IsTypeNum(int type);
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
DllExport int ConvertType(int, int, CONV, bool match = false);
|
||||
DllExport PVAL AllocateValue(PGLOBAL, PVAL, int = TYPE_VOID, int = 0);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
DllExport PVAL AllocateValue(PGLOBAL, int, int len = 0, int prec = 0,
|
||||
bool uns = false, PSZ fmt = NULL);
|
||||
DllExport ulonglong CharToNumber(char *, int, ulonglong, bool,
|
||||
bool *minus = NULL, bool *rc = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class VALUE represents a constant or variable of any valid type. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VALUE : public BLOCK {
|
||||
friend class CONSTANT; // The only object allowed to use SetConstFormat
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool IsZero(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool IsCi(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool IsUnsigned(void) {return Unsigned;}
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetSize(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetValLen(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetValPrec(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetLength(void) {return 1;}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {assert(false); return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void *GetTo_Val(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetPrec(int prec) {Prec = prec;}
|
||||
bool IsNull(void) {return Null;}
|
||||
void SetNull(bool b) {Null = b;}
|
||||
bool GetNullable(void) {return Nullable;}
|
||||
void SetNullable(bool b) {Nullable = b;}
|
||||
int GetType(void) {return Type;}
|
||||
int GetClen(void) {return Clen;}
|
||||
void SetGlobal(PGLOBAL g) {Global = g;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype = false) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s) = 0;
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_bool(bool b) {assert(FALSE);}
|
||||
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp) = 0;
|
||||
virtual BYTE TestValue(PVAL vp);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char c) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uchar c) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(short i) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ushort i) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uint n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(longlong n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(double f) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetBinValue(void *p) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go) = 0;
|
||||
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int len = 0) = 0;
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) = 0;
|
||||
const char *GetXfmt(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Constructor used by derived classes
|
||||
VALUE(int type, bool un = false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PGLOBAL Global; // To reduce arglist
|
||||
const char *Fmt;
|
||||
const char *Xfmt;
|
||||
bool Nullable; // True if value can be null
|
||||
bool Null; // True if value is null
|
||||
bool Unsigned; // True if unsigned
|
||||
int Type; // The value type
|
||||
int Clen; // Internal value length
|
||||
int Prec;
|
||||
}; // end of class VALUE
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class TYPVAL: represents a typed value. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
template <class TYPE>
|
||||
class DllExport TYPVAL : public VALUE {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TYPVAL(TYPE n, int type, int prec = 0, bool un = false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual bool IsZero(void) {return Tval == 0;}
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {Tval = 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetValLen(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetValPrec() {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetSize(void) {return sizeof(TYPE);}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {return VALUE::GetCharValue();}
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(void) {return (char)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(void) {return (uchar)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(void) {return (short)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(void) {return (ushort)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(void) {return (int)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(void) {return (uint)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(void) {return (longlong)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(void) {return (ulonglong)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) {return (double)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual void *GetTo_Val(void) {return &Tval;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_bool(bool b) {Tval = (b) ? 1 : 0;}
|
||||
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char c) {Tval = (TYPE)c; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uchar c) {Tval = (TYPE)c; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(short i) {Tval = (TYPE)i; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ushort i) {Tval = (TYPE)i; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uint n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(longlong n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(double f) {Tval = (TYPE)f; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetBinValue(void *p);
|
||||
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go);
|
||||
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
|
||||
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype);
|
||||
virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
|
||||
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *, uint);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
TYPVAL(void) : VALUE(TYPE_ERROR) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Specialized functions
|
||||
static ulonglong MaxVal(void);
|
||||
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVAL vp);
|
||||
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVBLK blk, int n);
|
||||
// TYPE GetTypedValue(PSZ s);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
TYPE Tval;
|
||||
}; // end of class TYPVAL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Specific STRING class. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
template <>
|
||||
class DllExport TYPVAL<PSZ>: public VALUE {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
TYPVAL(PSZ s);
|
||||
TYPVAL(PGLOBAL g, PSZ s, int n, int c);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool IsZero(void) {return *Strp == 0;}
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {*Strp = 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetValLen(void) {return Len;};
|
||||
virtual int GetValPrec() {return (Ci) ? 1 : 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetSize(void) {return (Strp) ? strlen(Strp) : 0;}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {return Strp;}
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(void);
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(void);
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(void);
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(void);
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(void);
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(void);
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(void);
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) {return atof(Strp);}
|
||||
virtual void *GetTo_Val(void) {return Strp;}
|
||||
virtual void SetPrec(int prec) {Ci = prec != 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char c);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uchar c);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(short i);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ushort i);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uint n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(longlong n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(double f);
|
||||
virtual void SetBinValue(void *p);
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go);
|
||||
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
|
||||
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype);
|
||||
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
|
||||
virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ Strp;
|
||||
bool Ci; // true if case insensitive
|
||||
int Len;
|
||||
}; // end of class TYPVAL<PSZ>
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Specific DECIMAL class. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport DECVAL: public TYPVAL<PSZ> {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
DECVAL(PSZ s);
|
||||
DECVAL(PGLOBAL g, PSZ s, int n, int prec, bool uns);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual bool IsZero(void);
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetValPrec() {return Prec;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
//virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
|
||||
//virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
|
||||
//virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
|
||||
//virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
|
||||
//virtual void SetBinValue(void *p);
|
||||
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go);
|
||||
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
|
||||
//virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
|
||||
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype);
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
//virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
|
||||
//virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
}; // end of class DECVAL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class DTVAL: represents a time stamp value. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport DTVAL : public TYPVAL<int> {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, int n, int p, PSZ fmt);
|
||||
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, PSZ s, int n);
|
||||
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, short i);
|
||||
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, int n);
|
||||
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, longlong n);
|
||||
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, double f);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
|
||||
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
|
||||
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
|
||||
bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fmt, int len, int year = 0);
|
||||
bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PVAL valp);
|
||||
bool IsFormatted(void) {return Pdtp != NULL;}
|
||||
// bool GetTmMember(OPVAL op, int& mval);
|
||||
// bool DateDiff(DTVAL *dtp, OPVAL op, int& tdif);
|
||||
bool MakeTime(struct tm *ptm);
|
||||
static void SetTimeShift(void);
|
||||
static int GetShift(void) {return Shift;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
bool MakeDate(PGLOBAL g, int *val, int nval);
|
||||
// bool WeekNum(PGLOBAL g, int& nval);
|
||||
|
||||
struct tm *GetGmTime(struct tm *);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
DTVAL(void) : TYPVAL<int>() {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
static int Shift; // Time zone shift in seconds
|
||||
PDTP Pdtp; // To the DATPAR structure
|
||||
char *Sdate; // Utility char buffer
|
||||
int DefYear; // Used by ExtractDate
|
||||
int Len; // Used by CHAR scalar function
|
||||
}; // end of class DTVAL
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __VALUE__H__
|
||||
/**************** Value H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: VALUE.H Version 2.0 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2001-2013 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the VALUE and derived classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef __VALUE__H__
|
||||
#define __VALUE__H__
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/* assert.h is header required when using the assert function. */
|
||||
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "assert.h"
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Types used in some class definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
enum CONV {CNV_ANY = 0, /* Convert to any type */
|
||||
CNV_CHAR = 1, /* Convert to character type */
|
||||
CNV_NUM = 2}; /* Convert to numeric type */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Types used in some class definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class CONSTANT; // For friend setting
|
||||
typedef struct _datpar *PDTP; // For DTVAL
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Utilities used to test types and to allocated values. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
PVAL AllocateValue(PGLOBAL, void *, short);
|
||||
|
||||
// Exported functions
|
||||
DllExport PSZ GetTypeName(int);
|
||||
DllExport int GetTypeSize(int, int);
|
||||
#ifdef ODBC_SUPPORT
|
||||
/* This function is exported for use in EOM table type DLLs */
|
||||
DllExport int TranslateSQLType(int stp, int prec, int& len, char& v);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
DllExport char *GetFormatType(int);
|
||||
DllExport int GetFormatType(char);
|
||||
DllExport bool IsTypeChar(int type);
|
||||
DllExport bool IsTypeNum(int type);
|
||||
DllExport int ConvertType(int, int, CONV, bool match = false);
|
||||
DllExport PVAL AllocateValue(PGLOBAL, PVAL, int = TYPE_VOID, int = 0);
|
||||
DllExport PVAL AllocateValue(PGLOBAL, int, int len = 0, int prec = 0,
|
||||
bool uns = false, PSZ fmt = NULL);
|
||||
DllExport ulonglong CharToNumber(char *, int, ulonglong, bool,
|
||||
bool *minus = NULL, bool *rc = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class VALUE represents a constant or variable of any valid type. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport VALUE : public BLOCK {
|
||||
friend class CONSTANT; // The only object allowed to use SetConstFormat
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool IsZero(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool IsCi(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool IsUnsigned(void) {return Unsigned;}
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetSize(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetValLen(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetValPrec(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetLength(void) {return 1;}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {assert(false); return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void *GetTo_Val(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetPrec(int prec) {Prec = prec;}
|
||||
bool IsNull(void) {return Null;}
|
||||
void SetNull(bool b) {Null = b;}
|
||||
bool GetNullable(void) {return Nullable;}
|
||||
void SetNullable(bool b) {Nullable = b;}
|
||||
int GetType(void) {return Type;}
|
||||
int GetClen(void) {return Clen;}
|
||||
void SetGlobal(PGLOBAL g) {Global = g;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype = false) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_bool(bool b) {assert(FALSE);}
|
||||
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp) = 0;
|
||||
virtual BYTE TestValue(PVAL vp);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char c) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uchar c) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(short i) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ushort i) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uint n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(longlong n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong n) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(double f) {assert(false);}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SetBinValue(void *p) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go) = 0;
|
||||
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int len = 0) = 0;
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) = 0;
|
||||
const char *GetXfmt(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Constructor used by derived classes
|
||||
VALUE(int type, bool un = false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PGLOBAL Global; // To reduce arglist
|
||||
const char *Fmt;
|
||||
const char *Xfmt;
|
||||
bool Nullable; // True if value can be null
|
||||
bool Null; // True if value is null
|
||||
bool Unsigned; // True if unsigned
|
||||
int Type; // The value type
|
||||
int Clen; // Internal value length
|
||||
int Prec;
|
||||
}; // end of class VALUE
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class TYPVAL: represents a typed value. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
template <class TYPE>
|
||||
class DllExport TYPVAL : public VALUE {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TYPVAL(TYPE n, int type, int prec = 0, bool un = false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual bool IsZero(void) {return Tval == 0;}
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {Tval = 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetValLen(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetValPrec() {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetSize(void) {return sizeof(TYPE);}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {return VALUE::GetCharValue();}
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(void) {return (char)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(void) {return (uchar)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(void) {return (short)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(void) {return (ushort)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(void) {return (int)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(void) {return (uint)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(void) {return (longlong)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(void) {return (ulonglong)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) {return (double)Tval;}
|
||||
virtual void *GetTo_Val(void) {return &Tval;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_bool(bool b) {Tval = (b) ? 1 : 0;}
|
||||
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char c) {Tval = (TYPE)c; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uchar c) {Tval = (TYPE)c; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(short i) {Tval = (TYPE)i; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ushort i) {Tval = (TYPE)i; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uint n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(longlong n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(double f) {Tval = (TYPE)f; Null = false;}
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetBinValue(void *p);
|
||||
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go);
|
||||
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
|
||||
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype);
|
||||
virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
|
||||
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *, uint);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
TYPVAL(void) : VALUE(TYPE_ERROR) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Specialized functions
|
||||
static ulonglong MaxVal(void);
|
||||
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVAL vp);
|
||||
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVBLK blk, int n);
|
||||
// TYPE GetTypedValue(PSZ s);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
TYPE Tval;
|
||||
}; // end of class TYPVAL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Specific STRING class. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
template <>
|
||||
class DllExport TYPVAL<PSZ>: public VALUE {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
TYPVAL(PSZ s);
|
||||
TYPVAL(PGLOBAL g, PSZ s, int n, int c);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool IsZero(void) {return *Strp == 0;}
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {*Strp = 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetValLen(void) {return Len;};
|
||||
virtual int GetValPrec() {return (Ci) ? 1 : 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetSize(void) {return (Strp) ? strlen(Strp) : 0;}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {return Strp;}
|
||||
virtual char GetTinyValue(void);
|
||||
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(void);
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(void);
|
||||
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(void);
|
||||
virtual uint GetUIntValue(void);
|
||||
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(void);
|
||||
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(void);
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) {return atof(Strp);}
|
||||
virtual void *GetTo_Val(void) {return Strp;}
|
||||
virtual void SetPrec(int prec) {Ci = prec != 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(char c);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uchar c);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(short i);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ushort i);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(uint n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(longlong n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(double f);
|
||||
virtual void SetBinValue(void *p);
|
||||
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp);
|
||||
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go);
|
||||
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
|
||||
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype);
|
||||
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
|
||||
virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PSZ Strp;
|
||||
bool Ci; // true if case insensitive
|
||||
int Len;
|
||||
}; // end of class TYPVAL<PSZ>
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Specific DECIMAL class. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport DECVAL: public TYPVAL<PSZ> {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
DECVAL(PSZ s);
|
||||
DECVAL(PGLOBAL g, PSZ s, int n, int prec, bool uns);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual bool IsZero(void);
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetValPrec() {return Prec;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go);
|
||||
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
|
||||
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype);
|
||||
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
}; // end of class DECVAL
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class DTVAL: represents a time stamp value. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport DTVAL : public TYPVAL<int> {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, int n, int p, PSZ fmt);
|
||||
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, PSZ s, int n);
|
||||
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, short i);
|
||||
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, int n);
|
||||
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, longlong n);
|
||||
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, double f);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
|
||||
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
|
||||
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
|
||||
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
|
||||
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
|
||||
bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fmt, int len, int year = 0);
|
||||
bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PVAL valp);
|
||||
bool IsFormatted(void) {return Pdtp != NULL;}
|
||||
bool MakeTime(struct tm *ptm);
|
||||
static void SetTimeShift(void);
|
||||
static int GetShift(void) {return Shift;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
bool MakeDate(PGLOBAL g, int *val, int nval);
|
||||
|
||||
struct tm *GetGmTime(struct tm *);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
DTVAL(void) : TYPVAL<int>() {}
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
static int Shift; // Time zone shift in seconds
|
||||
PDTP Pdtp; // To the DATPAR structure
|
||||
char *Sdate; // Utility char buffer
|
||||
int DefYear; // Used by ExtractDate
|
||||
int Len; // Used by CHAR scalar function
|
||||
}; // end of class DTVAL
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __VALUE__H__
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -98,12 +98,6 @@ class DllExport INDEXDEF : public BLOCK { /* Index description block */
|
||||
void SetNParts(uint np) {Nparts = (signed)np;}
|
||||
void SetMaxSame(int mxs) {MaxSame = mxs;}
|
||||
void SetMxsame(PXINDEX x);
|
||||
//int GetOffset(void) {return Offset;}
|
||||
//void SetOffset(int off) {Offset = off;}
|
||||
//int GetOffhigh(void) {return Offhigh;}
|
||||
//void SetOffhigh(int hof) {Offhigh = hof;}
|
||||
//int GetSize(void) {return Size;}
|
||||
//void SetSize(int size) {Size = size;}
|
||||
int GetMaxSame(void) {return MaxSame;}
|
||||
bool Define(PGLOBAL g, void *memp, PTABDEF dfp, LPCSTR p);
|
||||
PIXDEF GetIndexOf(PCOL colp, bool hd = false);
|
||||
@@ -123,9 +117,6 @@ class DllExport INDEXDEF : public BLOCK { /* Index description block */
|
||||
bool AutoInc; /* true if unique key in auto increment */
|
||||
int Nparts; /* Number of key parts */
|
||||
int ID; /* Index ID number */
|
||||
//int Offset; /* Offset in index file */
|
||||
//int Offhigh; /* Offset high in big index file */
|
||||
//int Size; /* Size of index file */
|
||||
int MaxSame; /* Max number of same values */
|
||||
}; // end of INDEXDEF
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -253,9 +244,6 @@ class DllExport XINDEX : public XXBASE {
|
||||
virtual int GetCurPos(void) {return (Pex) ? Pex[Cur_K] : Cur_K;}
|
||||
virtual void SetNval(int n) {Nval = n;}
|
||||
int GetMaxSame(void) {return MaxSame;}
|
||||
// int GetDefoff(void) {return Defoff;}
|
||||
// int GetDefhigh(void) {return Defhigh;}
|
||||
// int GetSize(void) {return Size;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void);
|
||||
@@ -288,9 +276,6 @@ class DllExport XINDEX : public XXBASE {
|
||||
int Nk; // The number of indexed columns
|
||||
int Nval; // The number of used columns
|
||||
int Incr; // Increment of record position
|
||||
//int Defoff; // Offset of definition in index file
|
||||
//int Defhigh; // High order of offset big value
|
||||
//int Size; // Size of definition in index file
|
||||
int MaxSame; // Max number of same values
|
||||
}; // end of class XINDEX
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,188 +1,186 @@
|
||||
/************ Xobject C++ Functions Source Code File (.CPP) ************/
|
||||
/* Name: XOBJECT.CPP Version 2.2 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1998-2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains base XOBJECT class functions. */
|
||||
/* Also here is the implementation of the CONSTANT class. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include mariaDB header file. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "my_global.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/* global.h is header containing all global Plug declarations. */
|
||||
/* plgdbsem.h is header containing the DB applic. declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "global.h"
|
||||
#include "plgdbsem.h"
|
||||
#include "xobject.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Macro definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#if defined(_DEBUG) || defined(DEBTRACE)
|
||||
#define ASSERT(B) assert(B);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define ASSERT(B)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* The one and only needed void object. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
XVOID Xvoid;
|
||||
PXOB const pXVOID = &Xvoid; // Pointer used by other classes
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- Class XOBJECT --------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetCharValue: returns the Result value as a char string. */
|
||||
/* Using GetCharValue provides no conversion from numeric types. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
PSZ XOBJECT::GetCharValue(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(Value)
|
||||
return Value->GetCharValue();
|
||||
} // end of GetCharValue()
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetShortValue: returns the Result value as a short integer. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
short XOBJECT::GetShortValue(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(Value)
|
||||
return Value->GetShortValue();
|
||||
} // end of GetShortValue
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetIntValue: returns the Result value as a int integer. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
int XOBJECT::GetIntValue(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(Value)
|
||||
return Value->GetIntValue();
|
||||
} // end of GetIntValue
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetFloatValue: returns the Result value as a double float. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
double XOBJECT::GetFloatValue(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(Value)
|
||||
return Value->GetFloatValue();
|
||||
} // end of GetFloatValue
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- Class CONSTANT -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* CONSTANT public constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
CONSTANT::CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, void *value, short type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, value, (int)type)))
|
||||
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_CONST);
|
||||
|
||||
Constant = true;
|
||||
} // end of CONSTANT constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* CONSTANT public constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
CONSTANT::CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, &n, TYPE_INT)))
|
||||
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_CONST);
|
||||
|
||||
Constant = true;
|
||||
} // end of CONSTANT constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetLengthEx: returns an evaluation of the constant string length. */
|
||||
/* Note: When converting from token to string, length has to be */
|
||||
/* specified but we need the domain length, not the value length. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
int CONSTANT::GetLengthEx(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Value->GetValLen();
|
||||
} // end of GetLengthEx
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Convert a constant to the given type. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void CONSTANT::Convert(PGLOBAL g, int newtype)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Value->GetType() != newtype)
|
||||
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, Value, newtype)))
|
||||
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_CONST);
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of Convert
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Compare: returns true if this object is equivalent to xp. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool CONSTANT::Compare(PXOB xp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this == xp)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else if (xp->GetType() != TYPE_CONST)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return Value->IsEqual(xp->GetValue(), true);
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of Compare
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Rephrase: temporary implementation used by PlugRephraseSQL. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool CONSTANT::Rephrase(PGLOBAL g, PSZ work)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (Value->GetType()) {
|
||||
case TYPE_STRING:
|
||||
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "'%s'", Value->GetCharValue());
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_SHORT:
|
||||
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%hd", Value->GetShortValue());
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_INT:
|
||||
case TYPE_DATE:
|
||||
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%d", Value->GetIntValue());
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
|
||||
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%lf", Value->GetFloatValue());
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_BIGINT:
|
||||
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%lld", Value->GetBigintValue());
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_TINY:
|
||||
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%d", Value->GetTinyValue());
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(BAD_CONST_TYPE), Value->GetType());
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // endswitch
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of Rephrase
|
||||
#endif // 0
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Make file output of a constant object. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void CONSTANT::Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, uint n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Value->Print(g, f, n);
|
||||
} /* end of Print */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Make string output of a constant object. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void CONSTANT::Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, uint z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Value->Print(g, ps, z);
|
||||
} /* end of Print */
|
||||
/************ Xobject C++ Functions Source Code File (.CPP) ************/
|
||||
/* Name: XOBJECT.CPP Version 2.3 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1998-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains base XOBJECT class functions. */
|
||||
/* Also here is the implementation of the CONSTANT class. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include mariaDB header file. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "my_global.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/* global.h is header containing all global Plug declarations. */
|
||||
/* plgdbsem.h is header containing the DB applic. declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "global.h"
|
||||
#include "plgdbsem.h"
|
||||
#include "xobject.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Macro definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#if defined(_DEBUG) || defined(DEBTRACE)
|
||||
#define ASSERT(B) assert(B);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define ASSERT(B)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* The one and only needed void object. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
XVOID Xvoid;
|
||||
PXOB const pXVOID = &Xvoid; // Pointer used by other classes
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- Class XOBJECT --------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetCharValue: returns the Result value as a char string. */
|
||||
/* Using GetCharValue provides no conversion from numeric types. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
PSZ XOBJECT::GetCharValue(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(Value)
|
||||
return Value->GetCharValue();
|
||||
} // end of GetCharValue()
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetShortValue: returns the Result value as a short integer. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
short XOBJECT::GetShortValue(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(Value)
|
||||
return Value->GetShortValue();
|
||||
} // end of GetShortValue
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetIntValue: returns the Result value as a int integer. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
int XOBJECT::GetIntValue(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(Value)
|
||||
return Value->GetIntValue();
|
||||
} // end of GetIntValue
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetFloatValue: returns the Result value as a double float. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
double XOBJECT::GetFloatValue(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(Value)
|
||||
return Value->GetFloatValue();
|
||||
} // end of GetFloatValue
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- Class CONSTANT -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* CONSTANT public constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
CONSTANT::CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, void *value, short type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, value, (int)type)))
|
||||
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_CONST);
|
||||
|
||||
Constant = true;
|
||||
} // end of CONSTANT constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* CONSTANT public constructor. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
CONSTANT::CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, &n, TYPE_INT)))
|
||||
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_CONST);
|
||||
|
||||
Constant = true;
|
||||
} // end of CONSTANT constructor
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* GetLengthEx: returns an evaluation of the constant string length. */
|
||||
/* Note: When converting from token to string, length has to be */
|
||||
/* specified but we need the domain length, not the value length. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
int CONSTANT::GetLengthEx(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Value->GetValLen();
|
||||
} // end of GetLengthEx
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Convert a constant to the given type. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void CONSTANT::Convert(PGLOBAL g, int newtype)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Value->GetType() != newtype)
|
||||
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, Value, newtype)))
|
||||
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_CONST);
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of Convert
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Compare: returns true if this object is equivalent to xp. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool CONSTANT::Compare(PXOB xp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this == xp)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else if (xp->GetType() != TYPE_CONST)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return Value->IsEqual(xp->GetValue(), true);
|
||||
|
||||
} // end of Compare
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Rephrase: temporary implementation used by PlugRephraseSQL. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
bool CONSTANT::Rephrase(PGLOBAL g, PSZ work)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (Value->GetType()) {
|
||||
case TYPE_STRING:
|
||||
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "'%s'", Value->GetCharValue());
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_SHORT:
|
||||
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%hd", Value->GetShortValue());
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_INT:
|
||||
case TYPE_DATE:
|
||||
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%d", Value->GetIntValue());
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
|
||||
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%lf", Value->GetFloatValue());
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_BIGINT:
|
||||
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%lld", Value->GetBigintValue());
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_TINY:
|
||||
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%d", Value->GetTinyValue());
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(BAD_CONST_TYPE), Value->GetType());
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // endswitch
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
} // end of Rephrase
|
||||
#endif // 0
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Make file output of a constant object. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void CONSTANT::Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, uint n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Value->Print(g, f, n);
|
||||
} /* end of Print */
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Make string output of a constant object. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
void CONSTANT::Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, uint z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Value->Print(g, ps, z);
|
||||
} /* end of Print */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,137 +1,119 @@
|
||||
/*************** Xobject H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: XOBJECT.H Version 2.3 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1998-2012 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the XOBJECT and derived classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __XOBJECT__H
|
||||
#define __XOBJECT__H
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
#include "valblk.h" // includes value.h
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Types used in some class definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
//typedef struct _tabdesc *PTABD; // For friend setting
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* The pointer to the one and only needed void object. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
extern PXOB const pXVOID;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class XOBJECT is the base class for all classes that can be used */
|
||||
/* in evaluation operations: FILTER, EXPRESSION, SCALF, FNC, COLBLK, */
|
||||
/* SELECT, FILTER as well as all the constant object types. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport XOBJECT : public BLOCK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
XOBJECT(void) {Value = NULL; Constant = false;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
PVAL GetValue(void) {return Value;}
|
||||
bool IsConstant(void) {return Constant;}
|
||||
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_XOBJECT;}
|
||||
virtual int GetResultType(void) {return TYPE_VOID;}
|
||||
virtual int GetKey(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
#if defined(_DEBUG)
|
||||
virtual void SetKey(int k) {assert(false);}
|
||||
#else // !_DEBUG
|
||||
virtual void SetKey(int k) {} // Only defined for COLBLK
|
||||
#endif // !_DEBUG
|
||||
virtual int GetLength(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetLengthEx(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void);
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(void);
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetScale(void) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {}
|
||||
virtual bool Compare(PXOB) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool Init(PGLOBAL) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool Eval(PGLOBAL) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int CheckColumn(PGLOBAL, PSQL, PXOB &, int &) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual int RefNum(PSQL) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual void AddTdb(PSQL, PTDB *, int&) {}
|
||||
virtual PXOB SetSelect(PGLOBAL, PSQL, bool) {return this;}
|
||||
virtual PXOB CheckSubQuery(PGLOBAL, PSQL) {return this;}
|
||||
virtual bool CheckLocal(PTDB) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB, int) {return 2;}
|
||||
virtual bool CheckSort(PTDB) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool VerifyColumn(PTDB txp) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool VerifyTdb(PTDB& tdbp) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool IsColInside(PCOL colp) {return false;}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
PVAL Value; // The current value of the object.
|
||||
bool Constant; // true for an object having a constant value.
|
||||
}; // end of class XOBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class XVOID: represent a void (null) object. */
|
||||
/* Used to represent a void parameter for count(*) or for a filter. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport XVOID : public XOBJECT {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
XVOID(void) {Constant = true;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_VOID;}
|
||||
virtual int GetLength(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetLengthEx(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) {return 0.0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetScale() {return 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool Compare(PXOB xp) {return xp->GetType() == TYPE_VOID;}
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB, int) {return 0;}
|
||||
}; // end of class XVOID
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class CONSTANT: represents a constant XOBJECT of any value type. */
|
||||
/* Note that the CONSTANT class is a friend of the VALUE class; */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport CONSTANT : public XOBJECT {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, void *value, short type);
|
||||
CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, int n);
|
||||
CONSTANT(PVAL valp) {Value = valp; Constant = true;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_CONST;}
|
||||
virtual int GetResultType(void) {return Value->Type;}
|
||||
virtual int GetLength(void) {return Value->GetValLen();}
|
||||
virtual int GetScale() {return Value->GetValPrec();}
|
||||
virtual int GetLengthEx(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool Compare(PXOB xp);
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, FORMAT& fmt)
|
||||
{return Value->SetConstFormat(g, fmt);}
|
||||
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB, int) {return 1;}
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
void Convert(PGLOBAL g, int newtype);
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
// bool Rephrase(PGLOBAL g, PSZ work);
|
||||
void SetValue(PVAL vp) {Value = vp;}
|
||||
virtual bool VerifyColumn(PTDB txp) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual bool VerifyTdb(PTDB& tdbp) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *, uint);
|
||||
}; // end of class CONSTANT
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/*************** Xobject H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
|
||||
/* Name: XOBJECT.H Version 2.4 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1998-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the XOBJECT and derived classes declares. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __XOBJECT__H
|
||||
#define __XOBJECT__H
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
#include "valblk.h" // includes value.h
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Types used in some class definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
//typedef struct _tabdesc *PTABD; // For friend setting
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* The pointer to the one and only needed void object. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
extern PXOB const pXVOID;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class XOBJECT is the base class for all classes that can be used */
|
||||
/* in evaluation operations: FILTER, EXPRESSION, SCALF, FNC, COLBLK, */
|
||||
/* SELECT, FILTER as well as all the constant object types. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport XOBJECT : public BLOCK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
XOBJECT(void) {Value = NULL; Constant = false;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
PVAL GetValue(void) {return Value;}
|
||||
bool IsConstant(void) {return Constant;}
|
||||
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_XOBJECT;}
|
||||
virtual int GetResultType(void) {return TYPE_VOID;}
|
||||
virtual int GetKey(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
#if defined(_DEBUG)
|
||||
virtual void SetKey(int k) {assert(false);}
|
||||
#else // !_DEBUG
|
||||
virtual void SetKey(int k) {} // Only defined for COLBLK
|
||||
#endif // !_DEBUG
|
||||
virtual int GetLength(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetLengthEx(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void);
|
||||
virtual short GetShortValue(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(void);
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetScale(void) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void Reset(void) {}
|
||||
virtual bool Compare(PXOB) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool Init(PGLOBAL) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool Eval(PGLOBAL) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
PVAL Value; // The current value of the object.
|
||||
bool Constant; // true for an object having a constant value.
|
||||
}; // end of class XOBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class XVOID: represent a void (null) object. */
|
||||
/* Used to represent a void parameter for count(*) or for a filter. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport XVOID : public XOBJECT {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
XVOID(void) {Constant = true;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_VOID;}
|
||||
virtual int GetLength(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetLengthEx(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual int GetIntValue(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) {return 0.0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetScale() {return 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool Compare(PXOB xp) {return xp->GetType() == TYPE_VOID;}
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) {return true;}
|
||||
}; // end of class XVOID
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class CONSTANT: represents a constant XOBJECT of any value type. */
|
||||
/* Note that the CONSTANT class is a friend of the VALUE class; */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport CONSTANT : public XOBJECT {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, void *value, short type);
|
||||
CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, int n);
|
||||
CONSTANT(PVAL valp) {Value = valp; Constant = true;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_CONST;}
|
||||
virtual int GetResultType(void) {return Value->Type;}
|
||||
virtual int GetLength(void) {return Value->GetValLen();}
|
||||
virtual int GetScale() {return Value->GetValPrec();}
|
||||
virtual int GetLengthEx(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool Compare(PXOB xp);
|
||||
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, FORMAT& fmt)
|
||||
{return Value->SetConstFormat(g, fmt);}
|
||||
void Convert(PGLOBAL g, int newtype);
|
||||
void SetValue(PVAL vp) {Value = vp;}
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *, uint);
|
||||
}; // end of class CONSTANT
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,267 +1,259 @@
|
||||
/**************** Table H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABLE.H Version 2.3 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1999-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the TBX, OPJOIN and TDB class definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#if !defined(TABLE_DEFINED)
|
||||
#define TABLE_DEFINED
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "assert.h"
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
#include "colblk.h"
|
||||
#include "m_ctype.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class CMD *PCMD;
|
||||
|
||||
// Commands executed by XDBC and MYX tables
|
||||
class CMD : public BLOCK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
CMD(PGLOBAL g, char *cmd) {
|
||||
Cmd = (char*)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, strlen(cmd) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy(Cmd, cmd); Next = NULL; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PCMD Next;
|
||||
char *Cmd;
|
||||
}; // end of class CMD
|
||||
|
||||
// Condition filter structure
|
||||
typedef struct _cond_filter {
|
||||
char *Body;
|
||||
OPVAL Op;
|
||||
PCMD Cmds;
|
||||
} CONDFIL, *PCFIL;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class TDBCAT *PTDBCAT;
|
||||
typedef class CATCOL *PCATCOL;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Definition of class TDB with all its method functions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDB: public BLOCK { // Table Descriptor Block.
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
TDB(PTABDEF tdp = NULL);
|
||||
TDB(PTDB tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
static void SetTnum(int n) {Tnum = n;}
|
||||
inline PTDB GetOrig(void) {return To_Orig;}
|
||||
inline TUSE GetUse(void) {return Use;}
|
||||
inline PCFIL GetCondFil(void) {return To_CondFil;}
|
||||
inline LPCSTR GetName(void) {return Name;}
|
||||
inline PTABLE GetTable(void) {return To_Table;}
|
||||
inline PCOL GetColumns(void) {return Columns;}
|
||||
inline int GetDegree(void) {return Degree;}
|
||||
inline MODE GetMode(void) {return Mode;}
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
inline PFIL GetFilter(void) {return To_Filter;}
|
||||
inline void SetFilter(PFIL fp) {To_Filter = fp;}
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
inline void SetOrig(PTDB txp) {To_Orig = txp;}
|
||||
inline void SetUse(TUSE n) {Use = n;}
|
||||
inline void SetCondFil(PCFIL cfp) {To_CondFil = cfp;}
|
||||
inline void SetNext(PTDB tdbp) {Next = tdbp;}
|
||||
inline void SetName(LPCSTR name) {Name = name;}
|
||||
inline void SetTable(PTABLE tablep) {To_Table = tablep;}
|
||||
inline void SetColumns(PCOL colp) {Columns = colp;}
|
||||
inline void SetDegree(int degree) {Degree = degree;}
|
||||
inline void SetMode(MODE mode) {Mode = mode;}
|
||||
|
||||
//Properties
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ERROR;}
|
||||
virtual int GetTdb_No(void) {return Tdb_No;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetNext(void) {return Next;}
|
||||
virtual PCATLG GetCat(void) {return NULL;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool IsSame(PTDB tp) {return tp == this;}
|
||||
virtual bool GetBlockValues(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return (g) ? -1 : 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false);
|
||||
virtual bool IsReadOnly(void) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual const CHARSET_INFO *data_charset() {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t) {return this;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Copy(PTABS t);
|
||||
virtual void PrintAM(FILE *f, char *m)
|
||||
{fprintf(f, "%s AM(%d)\n", m, GetAmType());}
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, uint n);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, uint z);
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetServer(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Database pure virtual routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL ColDB(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name, int num) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void MarkDB(PGLOBAL, PTDB) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL, int) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g) {return 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
bool OpenTable(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp, MODE mode);
|
||||
void CloseTable(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTDB To_Orig; // Pointer to original if it is a copy
|
||||
TUSE Use;
|
||||
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
|
||||
PFIL To_Filter;
|
||||
#endif // BLK_INDX
|
||||
PCFIL To_CondFil; // To condition filter structure
|
||||
static int Tnum; // Used to generate Tdb_no's
|
||||
const int Tdb_No; // GetTdb_No() is always 0 for OPJOIN
|
||||
PTDB Next; // Next in linearized queries
|
||||
PTABLE To_Table; // Points to the XTAB object
|
||||
LPCSTR Name; // Table name
|
||||
PCOL Columns; // Points to the first column of the table
|
||||
MODE Mode; // 10 Read, 30 Update, 40 Insert, 50 Delete
|
||||
int Degree; // Number of columns
|
||||
}; // end of class TDB
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the base class for all query tables (except decode). */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBASE : public TDB {
|
||||
friend class INDEXDEF;
|
||||
friend class XINDEX;
|
||||
friend class XINDXS;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBASE(PTABDEF tdp = NULL);
|
||||
TDBASE(PTDBASE tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
inline int GetKnum(void) {return Knum;}
|
||||
inline PTABDEF GetDef(void) {return To_Def;}
|
||||
inline PKXBASE GetKindex(void) {return To_Kindex;}
|
||||
inline PCOL GetSetCols(void) {return To_SetCols;}
|
||||
inline void SetSetCols(PCOL colp) {To_SetCols = colp;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Properties
|
||||
void SetKindex(PKXBASE kxp);
|
||||
PCOL Key(int i) {return (To_Key_Col) ? To_Key_Col[i] : NULL;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool IsUsingTemp(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual PCATLG GetCat(void);
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetPath(void);
|
||||
virtual void PrintAM(FILE *f, char *m);
|
||||
virtual RECFM GetFtype(void) {return RECFM_NAF;}
|
||||
virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return -1;}
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual bool IsReadOnly(void) {return Read_Only;}
|
||||
virtual bool IsView(void) {return FALSE;}
|
||||
virtual CHARSET_INFO *data_charset(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL g) {return GetMaxSize(g);}
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return GetRecpos();}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return "Not a file";}
|
||||
virtual int GetRemote(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {}
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void) {}
|
||||
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = -1;}
|
||||
virtual void RestoreNrec(void) {}
|
||||
virtual int ResetTableOpt(PGLOBAL g, bool dop, bool dox);
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetServer(void) {return "Current";}
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL ColDB(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name, int num);
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL, PCOLDEF, PCOL, int)
|
||||
{assert(false); return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL colp);
|
||||
virtual PCOL InsertSpcBlk(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp);
|
||||
virtual void MarkDB(PGLOBAL g, PTDB tdb2);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTABDEF To_Def; // Points to catalog description block
|
||||
PXOB *To_Link; // Points to column of previous relations
|
||||
PCOL *To_Key_Col; // Points to key columns in current file
|
||||
PKXBASE To_Kindex; // Points to table key index
|
||||
PCOL To_SetCols; // Points to updated columns
|
||||
int MaxSize; // Max size in number of lines
|
||||
int Knum; // Size of key arrays
|
||||
bool Read_Only; // True for read only tables
|
||||
const CHARSET_INFO *m_data_charset;
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBASE
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* The abstract base class declaration for the catalog tables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBCAT : public TDBASE {
|
||||
friend class CATCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBCAT(PTABDEF tdp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_CAT;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return N;}
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false) {return N + 1;}
|
||||
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
virtual PQRYRES GetResult(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
bool Initialize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool InitCol(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PQRYRES Qrp;
|
||||
int N; // Row number
|
||||
bool Init;
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBCAT
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class CATCOL: ODBC info column. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport CATCOL : public COLBLK {
|
||||
friend class TDBCAT;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
CATCOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, int n);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ODBC;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
CATCOL(void) {} // Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTDBCAT Tdbp; // Points to ODBC table block
|
||||
PCOLRES Crp; // The column data array
|
||||
int Flag;
|
||||
}; // end of class CATCOL
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // TABLE_DEFINED
|
||||
/**************** Table H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
|
||||
/* Name: TABLE.H Version 2.3 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1999-2014 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* This file contains the TBX, OPJOIN and TDB class definitions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#if !defined(TABLE_DEFINED)
|
||||
#define TABLE_DEFINED
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Include required application header files */
|
||||
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
#include "assert.h"
|
||||
#include "block.h"
|
||||
#include "colblk.h"
|
||||
#include "m_ctype.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class CMD *PCMD;
|
||||
|
||||
// Commands executed by XDBC and MYX tables
|
||||
class CMD : public BLOCK {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
CMD(PGLOBAL g, char *cmd) {
|
||||
Cmd = (char*)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, strlen(cmd) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy(Cmd, cmd); Next = NULL; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PCMD Next;
|
||||
char *Cmd;
|
||||
}; // end of class CMD
|
||||
|
||||
// Condition filter structure
|
||||
typedef struct _cond_filter {
|
||||
char *Body;
|
||||
OPVAL Op;
|
||||
PCMD Cmds;
|
||||
} CONDFIL, *PCFIL;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef class TDBCAT *PTDBCAT;
|
||||
typedef class CATCOL *PCATCOL;
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Definition of class TDB with all its method functions. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDB: public BLOCK { // Table Descriptor Block.
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
TDB(PTABDEF tdp = NULL);
|
||||
TDB(PTDB tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
static void SetTnum(int n) {Tnum = n;}
|
||||
inline PTDB GetOrig(void) {return To_Orig;}
|
||||
inline TUSE GetUse(void) {return Use;}
|
||||
inline PCFIL GetCondFil(void) {return To_CondFil;}
|
||||
inline LPCSTR GetName(void) {return Name;}
|
||||
inline PTABLE GetTable(void) {return To_Table;}
|
||||
inline PCOL GetColumns(void) {return Columns;}
|
||||
inline int GetDegree(void) {return Degree;}
|
||||
inline MODE GetMode(void) {return Mode;}
|
||||
inline PFIL GetFilter(void) {return To_Filter;}
|
||||
inline void SetFilter(PFIL fp) {To_Filter = fp;}
|
||||
inline void SetOrig(PTDB txp) {To_Orig = txp;}
|
||||
inline void SetUse(TUSE n) {Use = n;}
|
||||
inline void SetCondFil(PCFIL cfp) {To_CondFil = cfp;}
|
||||
inline void SetNext(PTDB tdbp) {Next = tdbp;}
|
||||
inline void SetName(LPCSTR name) {Name = name;}
|
||||
inline void SetTable(PTABLE tablep) {To_Table = tablep;}
|
||||
inline void SetColumns(PCOL colp) {Columns = colp;}
|
||||
inline void SetDegree(int degree) {Degree = degree;}
|
||||
inline void SetMode(MODE mode) {Mode = mode;}
|
||||
|
||||
//Properties
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ERROR;}
|
||||
virtual int GetTdb_No(void) {return Tdb_No;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB GetNext(void) {return Next;}
|
||||
virtual PCATLG GetCat(void) {return NULL;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool IsSame(PTDB tp) {return tp == this;}
|
||||
virtual bool GetBlockValues(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return (g) ? -1 : 0;}
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false);
|
||||
virtual bool IsReadOnly(void) {return true;}
|
||||
virtual const CHARSET_INFO *data_charset() {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t) {return this;}
|
||||
virtual PTDB Copy(PTABS t);
|
||||
virtual void PrintAM(FILE *f, char *m)
|
||||
{fprintf(f, "%s AM(%d)\n", m, GetAmType());}
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, uint n);
|
||||
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, uint z);
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetServer(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Database pure virtual routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL ColDB(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name, int num) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void MarkDB(PGLOBAL, PTDB) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL, int) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g) {return 0;}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTDB To_Orig; // Pointer to original if it is a copy
|
||||
TUSE Use;
|
||||
PFIL To_Filter;
|
||||
PCFIL To_CondFil; // To condition filter structure
|
||||
static int Tnum; // Used to generate Tdb_no's
|
||||
const int Tdb_No; // GetTdb_No() is always 0 for OPJOIN
|
||||
PTDB Next; // Next in linearized queries
|
||||
PTABLE To_Table; // Points to the XTAB object
|
||||
LPCSTR Name; // Table name
|
||||
PCOL Columns; // Points to the first column of the table
|
||||
MODE Mode; // 10 Read, 30 Update, 40 Insert, 50 Delete
|
||||
int Degree; // Number of columns
|
||||
}; // end of class TDB
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* This is the base class for all query tables (except decode). */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBASE : public TDB {
|
||||
friend class INDEXDEF;
|
||||
friend class XINDEX;
|
||||
friend class XINDXS;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBASE(PTABDEF tdp = NULL);
|
||||
TDBASE(PTDBASE tdbp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
inline int GetKnum(void) {return Knum;}
|
||||
inline PTABDEF GetDef(void) {return To_Def;}
|
||||
inline PKXBASE GetKindex(void) {return To_Kindex;}
|
||||
inline PCOL GetSetCols(void) {return To_SetCols;}
|
||||
inline void SetSetCols(PCOL colp) {To_SetCols = colp;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Properties
|
||||
void SetKindex(PKXBASE kxp);
|
||||
PCOL Key(int i) {return (To_Key_Col) ? To_Key_Col[i] : NULL;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual bool IsUsingTemp(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
|
||||
virtual PCATLG GetCat(void);
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetPath(void);
|
||||
virtual void PrintAM(FILE *f, char *m);
|
||||
virtual RECFM GetFtype(void) {return RECFM_NAF;}
|
||||
virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return -1;}
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void) = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
virtual bool IsReadOnly(void) {return Read_Only;}
|
||||
virtual bool IsView(void) {return FALSE;}
|
||||
virtual CHARSET_INFO *data_charset(void);
|
||||
virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL g) {return GetMaxSize(g);}
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return GetRecpos();}
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return "Not a file";}
|
||||
virtual int GetRemote(void) {return 0;}
|
||||
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {}
|
||||
virtual void ResetDB(void) {}
|
||||
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = -1;}
|
||||
virtual void RestoreNrec(void) {}
|
||||
virtual int ResetTableOpt(PGLOBAL g, bool dop, bool dox);
|
||||
virtual PSZ GetServer(void) {return "Current";}
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL ColDB(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name, int num);
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL, PCOLDEF, PCOL, int)
|
||||
{assert(false); return NULL;}
|
||||
virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL colp);
|
||||
virtual PCOL InsertSpcBlk(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp);
|
||||
virtual void MarkDB(PGLOBAL g, PTDB tdb2);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTABDEF To_Def; // Points to catalog description block
|
||||
PXOB *To_Link; // Points to column of previous relations
|
||||
PCOL *To_Key_Col; // Points to key columns in current file
|
||||
PKXBASE To_Kindex; // Points to table key index
|
||||
PCOL To_SetCols; // Points to updated columns
|
||||
int MaxSize; // Max size in number of lines
|
||||
int Knum; // Size of key arrays
|
||||
bool Read_Only; // True for read only tables
|
||||
const CHARSET_INFO *m_data_charset;
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBASE
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* The abstract base class declaration for the catalog tables. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport TDBCAT : public TDBASE {
|
||||
friend class CATCOL;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
TDBCAT(PTABDEF tdp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_CAT;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return N;}
|
||||
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
|
||||
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false) {return N + 1;}
|
||||
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
|
||||
|
||||
// Database routines
|
||||
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
|
||||
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
|
||||
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Specific routines
|
||||
virtual PQRYRES GetResult(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
|
||||
bool Initialize(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
bool InitCol(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PQRYRES Qrp;
|
||||
int N; // Row number
|
||||
bool Init;
|
||||
}; // end of class TDBCAT
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
/* Class CATCOL: ODBC info column. */
|
||||
/***********************************************************************/
|
||||
class DllExport CATCOL : public COLBLK {
|
||||
friend class TDBCAT;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
CATCOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, int n);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ODBC;}
|
||||
|
||||
// Methods
|
||||
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
CATCOL(void) {} // Default constructor not to be used
|
||||
|
||||
// Members
|
||||
PTDBCAT Tdbp; // Points to ODBC table block
|
||||
PCOLRES Crp; // The column data array
|
||||
int Flag;
|
||||
}; // end of class CATCOL
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // TABLE_DEFINED
|
||||
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user